Home

VirtualBox user manual - Oracle Software Downloads

1. o 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox Starting out with VirtualBox 3 1 3 2 sie 3 4 Starting the graphical user interface a ee 0 Creating a virtual machine 1 0 1 es Basics of virtual machine configuration 4 Running a virtual machine 0 ee ee a 3 4 1 Keyboard and mouse support in virtual machines Contents 3 4 2 Changing removable media 39 3 4 3 Saving the state of the machine 39 A SMIO co Lad Pe eae dada da AAA Rae 40 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager 0 ce eee eee ee eee 41 3 6 Deleting virtual machines 22 ee ee ww 43 3 7 Virtual machine settings 044 vog eee ees 43 Aul General setings o1 979 NS 44 3442 Hardie soccer RR ARA ee RU 47 3 7 3 CD DVD ROMandfloppysettings ss 48 2 8 Audio settings oos srian erena R3 X Xo o as 49 A5 Network settings seus oo or REY REOR Rose RETE E 49 3 760 Senalponts sek 4S AGERE OUS E RS 50 SA7 USBSHDBOR coo o ns Rmo Ro oy ee S ROS 5 3768 Sharedidolder amp 226 3 Re RO See EOS 53 ae Remate displas oe Re Y Roy EUER Xo Eo UA 53 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions 54 AL CEGAN IIT 54 4 2 Windows Guest Additions e e eee 55 4 2 1 Installing the Windows Guest Additions 56 4 2 2 Updating the Windows Guest Additions 57 4 2 3 Unattended Installation 57 4 2 4 Window
2. The old sequence of configuring a serial port used the following 6 commands VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IRQ 4 VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IOBase 0x3f8 VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 Driver Char VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Driver NamedPipe VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config Location pipe vboxCOM1i VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config IsServer 1 This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings for COM1 IRQ 4 I O address 0x3f8 and the Location setting assumes that this configuration is used on a Windows host because the Windows named pipe syntax is used Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a named pipe must always start with NN NpipeV On Linux the same config settings apply except that the path name for the Location can be chosen more freely Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere provided the user running VirtualBox has the permission to create a new file in the directory The final command above defines that VirtualBox acts as a server ie it creates the named pipe itself instead of connecting to an already existing one 9 9 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest Starting with version 1 4
3. 1 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Solaris guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Mounting the Additions ISO file page 56 If in case the CD ROM drive on the guest doesn t get mounted observed on some versions of Solaris 10 execute as root svcadm restart volfs 2 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root pkgadd d VBoxSolarisAdditions pkg 3 Choose 1 and confirm installation of the guest additions package After the installation is complete re login to X server on your guest to activate the X11 Guest Additions Note Please note that Shared Folders are not yet available for Solaris guests 60 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions 4 4 2 Uninstalling the Solaris Guest Additions The Solaris Guest Additions can be safely removed by removing the package from the guest Open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvboxguest 4 4 3 Updating the Solaris Guest Additions The Guest Additions should be updated by first uninstalling the existing Guest Ad ditions and then installing the new ones Attempting to install new Guest Additions without removing the existing ones is not possible 4 5 OS 2 Guest Additions VirtualBox also ships with a set of drivers that improve running OS 2 in a virtual machine Due to restrictions of OS 2 itself this variant of the Guest Additions has a li
4. Additions enabled more display modes for X org 7 x VMM stability improvements VMM resolved excessive performance degradation caused by Symantec An tivirus iSCSI fixed memory corruption issue VBoxSDL made hostkey configurable VRDP report error in case binding to the port fails VRDP added mouse wheel support NAT significant performance improvements Network stability fixes Network significant performance improvements ACPI improved host power status reporting PXE added support for Microsoft RIS ProxyDHCP PXE fixed several issues added diagnostic messages 170 12 Change log 12 21 Version 1 1 10 2006 07 28 IDE added workaround for Acronis Truelmage violates IDE specification IDE resolved issues with certain Linux guests ACPI further improved host power status reporting API fixed several race conditions and improved reliability API increased maximum guest RAM size to 2GB Linux host and 1 2GB Win dows host USB added option to set the OHCI timer rate VMM fixed several issues VRDP fixed infinite resize loop GUI changed the default host key to Right Control 12 22 Version 1 1 8 2006 07 17 IDE new ATA implementation with improved performance reliability and better standards compliance IDE added experimental support for ATAPI passthrough to use CD DVD burners inside VMs VMM fixed user mode IOPL handling hwclock failure VMM fixed crashes upon termination in Linux X servers
5. Documentation added a note that jumbo frames don t work bug 1877 Documentation document special host interface names on openSUSE11 bug 1892 12 6 Version 1 6 4 2008 07 30 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added AMD V VT x stability fixes Shared Folders fixed host crash Solaris host only bugs 1336 1646 Shared Folders fixed BSOD when debugging with Visual Studio bug 1627 Shared Folders fixed BSOD when compiling on a shared folder bug 1683 Shared Folders several fixes stability improvements SATA fixed a race that could cause an occasional Windows guest system hang SATA fixed spurious BIOS log messages Networking fixed NIC tracing with NAT interfaces bug 1790 USB fixed crash under certain conditions when unplugging a USB device bug 1295 Settings fixed bug when converting 1 5 x settings 148 12 Change log VRDP fixed enabling the RDP server during runtime VRDP properly detect the rdesktop 1 6 0 RDP client VRDP fixed RDP crash bug 1521 VRDP updated modified rdesktop client to version 1 6 0 GUI NLS improvements BIOS added SMBIOS header to make Solaris and Vista recognize the DMI data ACPI properly hide a disabled floppy controller VMM small fixes to protected mode without paging VMDK fixed handling of vmdk images without UUIDs Windows hosts fixed driver parameter validation issue in VBoxDrv sys that could allow an attacker on the host t
6. Note Choose this setting carefully The memory you give to the VM will not be available to your host OS while the VM is running so do not specify more than you can spare For example if your host machine has 1 GB of RAM and you enter 512 MB as the amount of RAM for a particular virtual machine while that VM is running you will only have 512 MB left for all the other software on your host If you run two VMs at the same time even more memory will be allocated for the second VM which may not even be able to start if that memory is not available On the other hand you should specify as much as your guest OS and your applications will require to run properly A Windows XP guest will require at least a few hundred MB RAM to run properly and Windows Vista will even refuse to install with less than 512 MB Of course if you want to run graphics intensive applications in your VM you may require even more RAM So as a rule of thumb if you have 1 GB of RAM or more in your host computer it is usually safe to allocate 512 MB to each VM But in any case make sure you always have at least 256 512 MB of RAM left on your host operating system Otherwise you may cause your host OS to excessively swap out memory to your hard disk effectively bringing your host system to a standstill As with the other settings you can change this setting later after you have cre ated the VM Next you must specify a virtual hard disk for your VM
7. e Otherwise to create a new virtual hard disk press the New button e Finally for more complicated operations with virtual disks the Existing button will bring up the Virtual Disk Manager which is described in more detail in chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 Most probably if you are using VirtualBox for the first time you will want to create a new disk image Hence press the New button This brings up another window the Create New Virtual Disk Wizard VirtualBox supports two types of image files e A dynamically expanding file will only grow in size when the guest actu ally stores data on its virtual hard disk It will therefore initially be small on the host hard drive and only later grow to the size specified as it is filled with data e A fixed size file will immediately occupy the file specified even if only a fraction of the virtual hard disk space is actually in use While occupying 33 3 Starting out with VirtualBox much more space a fixed size file incurs less overhead and is therefore slightly faster than a dynamically expanding file For details about the differences please refer to chapter 5 2 Virtual Disk Image VDD files page 67 To prevent your physical hard disk from running full VirtualBox limits the size of the image file Still it needs to be large enough to hold the contents of your operating system and the applications you want to install for a
8. mkdir opt VirtualBox tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox The sources for VirtualBox s kernel module are provided in the src directory To build the module change to the directory and issue make If everything builds correctly issue the following command to install the module to the appropriate module directory sudo make install In case you do not have sudo switch the user account to root and perform make install The VirtualBox kernel module needs a device node to operate The above make command will tell you how to create the device node depending on your Linux system The procedure is slightly different for a classical Linux setup with a dev directory a system with the now deprecated devfs and a modern Linux system with udev On certain Linux distributions you might experience difficulties building the mod ule You will have to analyze the error messages from the build system to diagnose the cause of the problems In general make sure that the correct Linux kernel sources are used for the build process Note that the user who is going to run VirtualBox needs read and write permission on the VirtualBox kernel module device node dev vboxdrv You can either define a vboxusers group by entering groupadd vboxusers chgrp vboxusers dev vboxdrv chmod 660 dev vboxdrv or alternatively simply give all users access insecure not recommended 23 2 Installation chmod 666 dev vboxdrv You should
9. section and select ISO image file This brings up the Virtual Disk Image Manager where you perform the following steps 1 Press the Add button to add your ISO file to the list of registered images This will present an ordinary file dialog that allows you to find your ISO file on your host machine 2 Back to the manager window select the ISO file that you just added and press the Select button This selects the ISO file for your VM The Virtual Disk Image Manager is described in detail in chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 3 4 Running a virtual machine The Start button in the main window starts the virtual machine that is currently selected This opens up a new window and the virtual machine which you selected will boot up Everything which would normally be seen on the virtual system s monitor is shown 36 3 Starting out with VirtualBox in the window as can be seen with the image in chapter 1 1 Virtualization basics page 8 In general you can use the virtual machine much like you would use a real com puter There are couple of points worth mentioning however 3 4 1 Keyboard and mouse support in virtual machines 3 4 1 1 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse Since the operating system in the virtual machine does not know that it is not run ning on a real computer it expects to have exclusive control over your keyboard and mouse This is however not the case since unless you
10. Sun xVM VirtualBox User Manual Version 2 0 6 c 2004 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc http www virtualbox org Contents 1 3 Introduction 1 1 Virtualization DASS 2 29 Rm aa a ee 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMDV 1 3 Features OVEIVIEW soced ce Soo om ee oe y 9o RO s 1 4 Supported host operating systems o 1 5 Supported guest operating systems o e l5 DIODDESHBSER 1 0 eek A a E Installation 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts lle 211 PYAPequisites 222926299 RE Re ee ee 2 1 2 Performing the installation 6 ea ss n 21 3 Umninstallation 2 42 25 528 2 b Rr o 9s 2 1 4 Unattended installation lt e o oos or RI 2 2 Installing on MacOS X hosts llle 2 2 1 Performing the installation ccr RR 22 2 Uninstallation sl 5544622482405 a 2 2 3 Unattended installation o 2 9 Installing on Linux hosts 422 2o RR Ro x oo oes 2 9 1 Prer equisit s 22299599909 oon ow 9 Ros 23 2 The VirtualBox kernel module 222r 2 3 8 USB and advanced networking support 2 3 4 Performing the installation l l 2 4 5 Starting VirtualBox on LINUX s s e kk ee RR 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts o e 2 4 1 Performing the installation 2 4 2 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris 2 52 Upinstallation sg ei eee Mak A XS 2 4 4 Unattended installation
11. When switching from a X virtual terminal VT to another VT using Ctrl Alt Fx while the VBoxSDL window has the input focus the guest will receive Ctrl and Alt keypress events without receiving the corresponding key release events This is an architectural limitation of Linux In order to reset the modifier keys it is possible to send SIGUSR1 to the VBoxSDL main thread first entry in the ps list For example when switching away to another VT and saving the virtual machine from this terminal the following sequence can be used to make sure the VM is not saved with stuck modifiers kill usrl pid VBoxManage controlvm Windows 2000 savestate 123 9 Advanced topics 9 8 Using serial ports Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox provided support for virtual serial ports which at the time was rather complicated to set up with a sequence of VBoxManage setextradata statements Since version 1 5 that way of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and deprecated To set up virtual serial ports use the methods now described in chapter 3 7 6 Serial ports page 50 Note For backwards compatibility the old setextradata statements whose description is retained below from the old version of the manual take precedence over the new way of configuring serial ports As a result if config uring serial ports the new way doesn t work make sure the VM in question does not have old configuration data such as below still active
12. You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all distributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it Application of this License This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code Versions of the License 6 1 New Versions Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always co
13. e AMD PCNet FAST III the default e Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop e Intel PRO 1000 T Server The PCNet FAST III is the default because it is supported by nearly all operating sys tems out of the box as well as the GNU GRUB boot manager However support for the Intel PRO 1000 MT type was added with VirtualBox 1 6 because Microsoft dropped support for the AMD PCNet cards with Windows Vista and Vista guests therefore have no networking without manual driver installation otherwise See chapter 4 2 4 Win dows Vista networking page 57 for details The Server variant of the Intel PRO 1000 card was added with VirtualBox 1 6 2 because this one is recognized by Windows XP guests without additional driver installation VirtualBox has limited support for so called jumbo frames i e networking packets with more than 1500 bytes of data provided that you use the Intel card virtualization and Host Interface Networking In other words jumbo frames are not supported in NAT mode or with the AMD networking devices in those cases jumbo packets will silently be dropped for both the transmit and the receive direction Guest operating systems trying to use this feature will observe this as a packet loss which may lead to unexpected application behavior in the guest This does not cause problems with guest operating systems in their default configuration as jumbo frames need to be explicitly enabled 72 6 Virtual networking 6 2 Introduction to networkin
14. modified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Contributor to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Contributor Version or por tions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Contributor Version or portions thereof c d 3 DISTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification created by You will be provided to the Initial Developer in Source Code form and are subject to the terms of the License 3 3 Description of Modifica tions You must cause all Covered Code to which You con
15. 194 14 Third party licenses If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a A
16. 1953 Shared Folders fixed a regression introduced in version 1 6 2 the shared folders service was sometimes not properly installed Windows guests only bug 1915 Shared Folders don t deny to load a VM if a shared folder is not accessible bug 822 BIOS allow to specify empty DMI strings bug 1957 OSE archive added missing Makefiles bug 1912 Linux hosts workaround for buggy gcc 4 3 compilers e g openSUSE 11 Linux hosts one more fix for compiling the kernel modules on Linux 2 6 27 bug 1962 Mac OS X hosts shared folders unicode fix Solaris hosts fixed link issue bug 1840 Windows additions allow to downgrade the package Windows additions fixed corrupted installer icon on Windows 2000 bug 1486 147 12 Change log Windows additions fixed bug when creating intermediate directories bug 1870 Windows additions implemented xres yres and depth switches for the installer bug 1990 Linux additions properly unregister the misc device when unloading the kernel module Linux additions fixed startup order for recent Linux distributions again e g openSUSE 11 Linux additions attempt to fix the autostart issue of VBoxClient with Mandriva guests bug 1699 Linux additions fixed detection of patched Linux 2 6 18 kernels of RHEL5 FC6 CentOS 5 2 bugs 1899 1973 Linux additions added new mount flags dmode fmode umask dmask and fmask allowing to override the file mode bug 1776
17. 2 6 23 Windows additions several fixes in particular for Windows NT4 Windows additions made them uninstallable Linux additions fixed installer for Kubuntu 8 04 Linux additions add default video mode for handling video mode hints from the host Linux host compatibility fixes with Linux gt 2 6 24 12 10 Version 1 5 4 2007 12 29 This version is a maintenance release It adds USB 2 0 support and a PulseAudio backend GUI fixed registration dialog crashes GUI allow to enter unicode characters to the name of the registration dialog GUI pre select attached media in the disk manager when opened from the VM settings dialog GUI remember the last active VM GUI ask before reset the VM GUI don t accept empty paths for serial parallel ports in XML GUI fixed NumLock CapsLock synchronization on Windows hosts GUI don t start the kernel timer if no VM is active Linux host GUI fixed accelerators in German translation VMM improved compatibility with Solaris guests VMM properly restore CR4 after leaving VI x mode VMM fix interrupt storm with Windows guests under certain circumstances e g disable re enable the network adapter VMM with VT x a pending interrupt could be cleared behind our back VMM workaround for missed cpuid patch some Linux guests refuse to boot on multi core CPUs 155 12 Change log VMM fixed code for overriding CPUID values VMM improved error handling on out of memory conditions API
18. 2085 Solaris hosts fixed kernel panic on certain machines when starting VMs with host interface networking bug 2183 Solaris hosts fixed inability to access NFS shares on the host when host interface networking was enabled Solaris hosts installer now detects and reports when installing under the wrong architecture Solaris hosts fixed security hardening that prevented starting VMs from non global zones even as root bug 1948 Solaris additions combined the 32 bit and 64 bit additions installer into a single package Mac OS X hosts experimental support for attaching a real serial port to the guest 145 12 Change log 12 4 Version 2 0 0 2008 09 04 This version is a major update The following major new features were added 64 bits guest support 64 bits host only New native Leopard user interface on Mac OS X hosts The GUI was converted from Qt3 to Qt4 with many visual improvements New version notifier Guest property information interface Host Interface Networking on Mac OS X hosts New Host Interface Networking on Solaris hosts Support for Nested Paging on modern AMD CPUs major performance gain Framework for collecting performance and resource usage data metrics Added SATA asynchronous IO NCQ Native Command Queuing when accessing raw disks partitions major performance gain Clipboard integration for OS 2 Guests Created separate SDK component featuring a new Python programming interface on Linux an
19. Basic tab of the General settings category you can find these settings Name The name under which the VM is shown in the list of VMs in the main window Under this name VirtualBox also saves the VM s configuration files By changing the name VirtualBox renames these files as well As a result you can only use characters which are allowed in your host operating system s file names Note that internally VirtualBox uses unique identifiers UUIDs to identify virtual machines You can display these with VBoxManage OS Type The type of the guest operating system that is or will be installed in the VM This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 above Base Memory size RAM The amount of RAM that is allocated and given to the VM when it is running The specified amount of memory will be allocated from the host operating system from resident memory so it must be available or made available as free memory on the host when attempting to start the VM and will not be available to the host while the VM is running Again this is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with guidelines under chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 above Generally it is possible to change the memory size after installing the guest operating system provided you do not reduce the memory to an
20. Guest Additions will re synchronize the time regularly Shared folders These provide an easy way to exchange files between the host and the guest Much like ordinary Windows network shares you can tell VirtualBox to treat a certain folder as a shared folder and VirtualBox will make it available to the guest operating system as a network share For details please refer to chapter 4 6 Folder sharing page 61 Seamless windows With this feature the individual windows that are displayed on the desktop of the virtual machine can be mapped on the host s desktop as if the underlying application was actually running on the host See chapter 4 7 Seamless windows page 63 for details Shared clipboard With the Guest Additions installed the clipboard of the guest op erating system can optionally be shared with your host operating system see chapter 3 7 1 General settings page 44 Automated Windows logons Credentials passing Windows guests only For de tails please see chapter 9 2 Automated Windows guest logons VBoxGINA page 118 4 2 Windows Guest Additions The VirtualBox Windows Guest Additions are designed to be installed in a virtual machine running a Windows operating system The following versions of Windows guests are supported e Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 any service pack e Microsoft Windows 2000 any service pack e Microsoft Windows XP any service pack e Microsoft Windows Server 2003 any service pack e Microsoft
21. MPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL HE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER IABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE n 3 i E O 3 14 2 5 zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu 14 2 6 OpenSSL license This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to
22. When running guest operating systems in fullscreen mode the guest operating system usually has control over the whole screen This could present a security risk as the guest operating system might fool the user into thinking that it is either a different system which might have a higher security level or it might present messages on the screen that appear to stem from the host operating system In order to protect the user against the above mentioned security risks the secure labeling feature has been developed Secure labeling is currently available only for VBoxSDL When enabled a portion of the display area is reserved for a label in which a user defined message is displayed The label height in set to 20 pixels in VBoxSDL The label font color and background color can be optionally set as hexadecimal RBG color values The following syntax is used to enable secure labeling VBoxSDL startvm VMNAME securelabel seclabelfnt fonts arial ttf seclabelsiz 14 seclabelfgcol 00FF00 seclabelbgcol OOFFFF In addition to enabling secure labeling a TrueType font has to be supplied To use another font size than 12 point use the parameter seclabelsiz The label text can be set with VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxSDL SecureLabel The Label Changing this label will take effect immediately Typically full screen resolutions are limited to certain standard geometries such as 1024 x 768 Increasing this by twenty lines is not usua
23. With VirtualBox the graphical user interface the VRDP server is disabled by default but can easily be enabled on a per VM basis either with the VirtualBox GUI or with VBoxManage VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt vrdp on If you use VBoxHeadless described below VRDP support will be automatically enabled Additional settings for modi fyvm are vrdpport and vrdpauthtype see chap ter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 for details 92 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server While the VRDP server that is built into the VirtualBox GUI is perfectly capable of running virtual machines remotely it is not convenient to have to run VirtualBox if you never want to have VMs displayed locally in the first place In particular if you are running servers whose only purpose is to host VMs and all your VMs are supposed to run remotely over VRDP then it is pointless to have a graphical user interface on the server at all especially since on a Linux or Solaris host VirtualBox comes with dependencies on the Qt and SDL libraries which is inconvenient if you would rather not have the X Window system on your server at all VirtualBox therefore comes with yet another front end that produces no visible out put on the host at all but instead only delivers VRDP data With VirtualBox 1 6 this headless server is now aptly called VBoxHeadless In previous versions it was called VBoxVRDP
24. With the VirtualBox graphical user interface this enables or disables the built in VRDP server Note that if you are using VBoxHeadless see chapter 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 93 VRDP output is always enabled e vrdpport default lt port gt This lets you specify which port should be used default or 0 means port 3389 the standard port for RDP Only one machine can use a given port at a time 108 8 VBoxManage reference e vrdpauthtype null external guest This allows you to choose whether and how authorization will be performed see chapter 7 4 4 RDP authentication page 95 for details e usb on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB controller see chapter 3 7 7 1 USB settings page 51 for details e usbehci on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB 2 0 controller see chapter 3 7 7 1 USB settings page 51 for details 8 6 VBoxManage startvm This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the Powered off or Saved states This is provided for backwards compatibility only The optional type specifier determines whether the machine will be started in a window GUI mode which is the default or whether the output should go through VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server see chapter 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 93 for more information Note We recommend to start virtual machines directly by running the re specti
25. added Section Screen Identifier Default Screen Device VirtualBox graphics card Monitor Generic Monitor DefaultDepth 24 SubSection Display Depth 24 Modes 2048x800 800x600 640x480 EndSubSection EndSection 4 3 3 Updating the Linux Guest Additions The Guest Additions can simply be updated by going through the installation proce dure again with an updated CD ROM image This will replace the drivers with updated versions You should reboot after updating the Guest Additions 59 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions 4 4 Solaris Guest Additions Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Solaris distributions are officially supported e OpenSolaris Nevada Build 82 and higher e OpenSolaris Indiana Developer Preview 2 and higher e Solaris 10 u5 and higher Other distributions may work if they are based on comparable software releases As with Windows and Linux guests we recommend installation of the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris 4 4 1 Installing the Solaris Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Additions for Windows and Linux described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process Installation involves the following steps
26. as an alternative to using virtual disk images as described in detail in chapter 5 Virtual storage page 65 VirtualBox can also present either entire physical hard disks or selected partitions thereof as virtual disks to virtual machines 124 9 Advanced topics With VirtualBox this type of access is called raw hard disk access it allows a guest operating system to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host OS file system The actual performance difference for image files vs raw disk varies greatly depending on the overhead of the host filesystem whether dynamically growing im ages are used and on host OS caching strategies The caching indirectly also affects other aspects such as failure behavior i e whether the virtual disk contains all data written before a host OS crash Consult your host OS documentation for details on this Warning Raw hard disk access is for expert users only Incorrect use or use of an outdated configuration can lead to total loss of data on the physical disk Most importantly do not attempt to boot the partition with the cur rently running host operating system in a guest This will lead to severe data corruption Raw hard disk access both for entire disks and individual partitions is imple mented as part of the VMDK image format support see chapter 5 4 VMDK image files page 69 As a result you will need to create a special VMDK image file which defines whe
27. don t crash when trying to create a VM with a duplicate name API don t crash when trying to access the settings of a VM when some other VMs are not accessible API fixed several memory leaks ATA IDE fixed SuSE 9 1 CD read installer regression Serial several fixes Floppy fixed inverted write protect flag Floppy fixed handling of read only images USB virtualize an EHCI controller USB several minor fixes Network fixed MAC address check Network host interface fixes for Solaris guests Network guest networking stopped completely after taking a snapshot Network don t crash if a network card is enabled but not attached PXE fix for PXE EC8 error on soft reboot NAT update the DNS server IP address on every DNS packet sent by the guest VGA reset VRAM access handers after a fullscreen update VGA don t overwrite guest s VRAM when displaying a blank screen ACPI implemented the sleep button event VRDP fixed crash when querying VRDP properties VRDP netAddress fixes VRDP fixed the Pause Break keys over VRDP VRDP workaround for scrambled icons with a guest video mode of 16bpp VRDP reset modifier keys on RDP_INPUT_SYNCHRONIZE VRDP reset RDP updates after resize to prevent obsolete updates Clipboard Windows host guest fixes 156 12 Change log Clipboard fixed a SEGFAULT on VM exit Linux host Clipboard fixed a buffer overflow Linux host Shared Folders fixed memory leaks Linux installer remove the old
28. fixed DirectDraw mode with certain video cards e g Intel i915 fixed incorrect guest resolution after leaving fullscreen mode improved keyboard handling on Linux host show fatal VM aborts aka Guru Meditation fixed crashes due to a display update race condition on some systems added ACPI shutdown option to the VM close dialog NLS improvements BIOS fixed floppy boot menu BIOS expose the VM UUID in the DMI SMBIOS area VGA fixed CGA video modes VGA fixed 8 bit DAC handling Solaris setup VMM fixed issue with VT x on Windows 64 bit hosts VMM improved compatibility with Linux KVM VMM fixed issues with Fedora 8 guests VMM fixed fatal errors while installing Windows guests when using AMD V VMM fixed sporadic hangs when minimizing VM window and using VI x AMD V VMM fixed high load of ksoftirq on tickless Linux hosts VMM fixed Windows 2000 guests hangs related to IRQ sharing VMM fixed sporadic errors during openSUSE 10 3 installation VMM fixed issue with Linux 2 6 23 guests VMM fixed issues with Solaris guests VMM fixed stability issue related to incorrect relocations Serial significantly reduced CPU utilization Network fixed issues with FreeBSD guests Network added MII support 100MBit detection fix Network improved MAC address handling Network added PXE release logging 158 12 Change log IDE large reads from CD could exceed the I O buffer size Audio load ALSA dynam
29. it would then always remain empty 8 13 VBoxManage modifyvdi The modifyvdi command can be used to compact disk images i e remove blocks that only contains zeroes For this operation to be effective it is required to zero out free space in the guest system using a suitable software tool 8 14 VBoxManage clonevdi This command duplicates a registered virtual hard disk image to a new image file with a new unique identifier UUID The new image can be transferred to another host system or imported into VirtualBox again using the Virtual Disk Manager see chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 and chapter 5 3 Cloning disk images page 68 8 15 VBoxManage convertdd This command converts a raw disk image to a VirtualBox Disk Image VDI file The syntax is as follows VBoxManage convertdd lt filename gt lt outputfile gt VBoxManage convertdd stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt 8 16 VBoxManage addiscsidisk The addiscsidisk command attaches an iSCSI network storage unit to VirtualBox The iSCSI target can then be made available to and used by a virtual machine as though it were a standard write through virtual disk image This command has the following syntax VBoxManage addiscsidisk server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt port lt port gt lun lt lun gt username lt username gt password lt password gt comment lt comment gt where the parameters mean server The host name or IP
30. page 65 SCSI Small Computer System Interface An industry standard for data transfer be tween devices especially for storage See chapter 5 5 iSCSI servers page 69 222 Glossary U UUID A Universally Unique Identifier often also called GUID Globally Unique Iden tifier is a string of numbers and letters which can be computed dynamically and is guaranteed to be unique Generally it used as a global handle to identify entities VirtualBox makes use of UUIDs to identify VMs Virtual Disk Images VDI files and other entities V VM Virtual Machine a virtual computer that VirtualBox allows you to run on top of your actual hardware See chapter 1 1 Virtualization basics page 8 for details VRDP See RDP VT x The hardware virtualization features built into modern Intel processors See chapter 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V page 10 X XML The eXtensible Markup Language a metastandard for all kinds of textual infor mation XML only specifies how data in the document is organized generally and does not prescribe how to semantically organize content XPCOM Mozilla Cross Platform Component Object Model a programming infrastruc ture developed by the Mozilla browser project which is similar to Microsoft COM and allows applications to provide a modular programming interface VirtualBox makes use of XPCOM on Linux both internally and externally to provide a com prehensive API to third part
31. retained data If you query often enough you will see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new samples collect This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The collected data is displayed periodically until Ctrl C is pressed unless the detach option is specified With the detach option this subcommand operates the same way as setup does The 1ist option shows which metrics match the specified filter 116 9 Advanced topics 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data For each system user VirtualBox stores configuration data in the user s home directory as per the conventions of the host operating system e On Windows this is SHOMEDRIVES HOMEPATH Y VirtualBox typically something like C Documents and Settings Username VirtualBox e On Mac OS X this is SHOME Library VirtualBox e On Unix like systems Linux Solaris this is SHOME VirtualBox VirtualBox creates this configuration directory automatically if necessary Op tionally you can supply an alternate configuration directory by setting the VBOX_USER_HOME environment variable VirtualBox stores all its global and machine specific configuration data in XML doc uments We intentionally do not document the specifications of these files as we must reserve the right to modify them in the future We therefore strongly suggest that you do not edit these fi
32. the user executing VirtualBox needs read and write permission to the USB file system Most distributions provide a group e g usbusers which the VirtualBox user needs to be added to Also VirtualBox can only proxy to virtual ma chines USB devices which are not claimed by a Linux host USB driver Please refer to the Driver entry in proc bus usb devices to see which devices are claimed 3 7 8 Shared folders Shared folders allow you to easily exchange data between a virtual machine and your host This feature requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed in a virtual machine and is described in detail in chapter 4 6 Folder sharing page 61 3 7 9 Remote display In the Remote display section of a virtual machine s settings you can enable the VRDP server that is built into VirtualBox to allow you to connect to the virtual ma chine remotely For this you can use any standard RDP viewer such as the one that comes with Microsoft Windows typically found under Accessories gt Communica tion gt Remote Desktop Connection or on Linux system the standard open source rdesktop program These features are described in detail in chapter 7 4 Remote virtual machines VRDP support page 92 53 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions The previous chapter covered getting started with VirtualBox and installing operating systems in a virtual machine For any serious and interactive use the VirtualBox Guest Add
33. 2005 08 30 12 31Version 1 0 40 2005 06 17 ee e 12 32Version 1 0 39 2005 05 05 12 33Version 1 0 38 2005 04 27 12 34Version 1 0 37 2005 04 12 ios on 13 Known issues 14 Third party licenses 141 Nee 222223 xoxo ut wok kk eR Re ESE EHS EOS T4 ACES lo ooo o e o8 xs ad Roue OY y ROS 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL 14 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL leen 14 2 4 X Consortium License X11 c 14 25 glib 4ueie ec ose s RR adoro 14 2 6 OpenSSL license o oco e cee ee Ree EER RR ROS 142 7 Slip Weems ee ee a Ree e 14 2 8 liblzf license occitano o 3 3s 14 2 9 libpng license 22444 ue ra RR ERE VER 142 DORSIP licenie uuu AAA e EG 14 2 11libxml license ee ee ee 14 2 12libxst licenses 224424 xza o n RR Rec eee kc ES 14 2 13gSOAP Public License Version 1 324 15 VirtualBox privacy policy Glossary 209 210 210 211 212 219 220 1 Introduction Sun xVM VirtualBox is a collection of powerful virtual machine tools targeting desk top computers enterprise servers and embedded systems With VirtualBox you can virtualize 32 bit and 64 bit operating systems on machines with Intel and AMD pro cessors either in software or with hardware virtualization see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating system
34. 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 for details We have dedicated an entire chapter of this User Manual to virtual storage please see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 65 3 7 3 CD DVD ROM and floppy settings In the VM Settings window the settings in these two categories determine what VirtualBox provides as a floppy disk and as a CD DVD ROM drive to your VM s guest Operating system For both the floppy and CD DVD ROM categories if the Mount checkbox is unchecked VirtualBox will report to the guest that no media is in the drive Oth erwise if the Mount checkbox is set the following options are available e Host drive The physical device of the host computer is connected to the VM so that the guest operating system can read from and write to your physical device This is for instance useful if you want to install Windows from a real installation CD In this case select your host drive from the drop down list presented Image file Quite similar to virtual hard disks this presents a file on your host as a device to the guest operating system To use an image file you must first import it into the Virtual Disk Manager see chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 The image file format varies depending on the type of device For floppies the file must be in raw format For CD and DVD ROMs the file must be in ISO format Most commonly you will select this option when installing an op
35. BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAIL URE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED SUCH LIM ITATION ON DAMAGES INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL LOST PROFITS LOSS OF DATA OR SOFTWARE WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS IN NO EVENT WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR THE COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SOFT WARE IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS EN 216 14 Third party licenses VIRONMENTS SUCH AS OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIRCRAFT NAVIGA TION OR CONTROL OR LIFE CRITICAL APPLICATIONS THE AUTHORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS AND ACCEPTS NO LIABIL ITY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTIONS OR CLAIMS BASED ON THE USE OF THE SOFT WARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS BY YOU FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH THE TERM LIFE CRITICAL APPLICA TION MEANS AN APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FUNCTIONING OR MALFUNCTION ING OF THE SOFTWARE MAY RESULT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN PHYSICAL IN JURY OR LOSS OF HUMAN LIFE THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AU THORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You f
36. For the sake of backwards compatibility the VirtualBox installation still installs an executable with that name as well To start a virtual machine with VBoxHeadless you have two options e You can use VBoxManage startvm lt vmname gt type vrdp The extra type option causes the VirtualBox core to use VBoxHeadless as the front end to the internal virtualization engine e The recommended way however is to use VBoxHeadless directly as follows VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt This is the recommended way because when starting the headless interface through VBoxManage you will not be able to view or log messages that VBoxHeadless may have output on the console Especially in case of startup errors such output might be desirable for problem diagnosis Note that when you use VBoxHeadless to start a VM the built in VRDP server will always be enabled regardless of whether you have enabled the VRDP server in the VM s settings If this is undesirable for example because you want to access the VM via ssh only start the VM like this VBoxHeadless startvm uuid name vrdp off To have the VRDP server use the setting from the VM configuration as the other front ends would use this VBoxHeadless startvm uuid name vrdp config 7 4 2 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server The following instructions may give you an idea how to create a virtual machine on a headless server over a network con
37. Image VDI files By default VirtualBox uses its own container format for guest hard disks Virtual Disk Image VDD files The VDI files reside on the host system and are seen by the guest systems as hard disks of a certain geometry When creating an image its size has to be specified which determines this fixed geometry It is therefore not possible to change the size of the virtual hard disk later As briefly mentioned in chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 there are two options of how to create the image fixed size or dynamically expanding e If you create a fixed size image of e g 10 GB a VDI file of roughly the same size will be created on your host system Note that the creation of a fixed size image can take a long time depending on the size of the image and the write performance of your hard disk e For more flexible storage management use a dynamically expanding image This will initially be very small and not occupy any space for unused virtual disk sectors but the image file will grow every time a disk sector is written to for the first time While this format takes less space initially the fact that VirtualBox needs to constantly expand the image file consumes additional computing re sources so until the disk has fully expanded write operations are slower than with fixed size disks However after a dynamic disk has fully expanded the performance penalty for read and write operations is negligible For
38. Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patents Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Original Code to make have made use practice Sell and offer for sale and or otherwise dispose of the Original Code or portions thereof c the licenses granted in this Section 2 1 a and b are effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the terms of this License d Notwithstanding Section 2 1 b above no patent license is granted 1 for code that You delete from the Original Code 2 separate from the Original Code or 3 for infringements caused by i the modification of the Original Code or ii the combination of the Original Code with other software or devices Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Contributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patent Claims infringed by the making using or sellin
39. Object Model COM for inter and intra process communication This allows VirtualBox to share a common configuration among different virtual machine processes and provide several user interface options based on a common architecture All global status information and configuration is maintained by the process VBoxSVC exe which is an out of process COM server Whenever a VirtualBox process is started it requests access to the COM server and Windows automatically starts the process Note that it should never be started by the end user When the last process disconnects from the COM server it will terminate itself after some seconds The VirtualBox configuration XML files is maintained and owned by the COM server and the files are locked whenever the server runs In some cases such as when a virtual machine is terminated unexpectedly the COM server will not notice that the client is disconnected and stay active for a longer period 10 minutes or so keeping the configuration files locked In other rare cases the COM server might experience an internal error and subsequently other processes fail to initialize it In these situations it is recommended to use the Windows task manager to kill the process VBoxSVC exe 11 4 2 CD DVD changes not recognized In case you have assigned a physical CD DVD drive to a guest and the guest does not notice when the medium changes make sure that the Windows media change notification MCN feature is not turne
40. Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF ORIN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him Licence for libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software 211 14 Third party licenses without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject
41. There are several ways in which VirtualBox can provide hard disk space to a VM but the most common way is to use a large image file on your real hard disk whose contents VirtualBox presents to your VM as if it were a complete hard disk The wizard presents to you the following window 32 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Create New Virtual Machine Virtual Hard Disk Select a hard disk image to be used as the boot hard disk of the virtual machine You can either create a new hard disk using the New button or select an existing hard disk image from the drop down list or by pressing the Existing button to invoke the Virtual Disk Manager dialog If you need a more complicated hard disk setup you can also skip this step and attach hard disks later using the VM Settings dialog The recommended size of the boot hard disk is 2048 MB Boot Hard Disk Primary Master f Existing lt Back Next gt Cancel The wizard allows you to create an image file or use an existing one Note also that the disk images can be separated from a particular VM so even if you delete a VM you can keep the image or copy it to another host and create a new VM for it there In the wizard you have the following options e If you have previously created any virtual hard disks which have not been attached to other virtual machines you can select those from the drop down list in the wizard window
42. VM There are two main things to keep in mind when using VBoxManage First VBoxManage must always be used with a specific subcommand such as list vms or createvm or startvm All the subcommands that VBoxManage supports are described in detail in chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 Second most of these subcommands require that you specify a particular virtual machine after the subcommand There are two ways you can do this e You can specify the VM name as it is shown in the VirtualBox GUI Note that if that name contains spaces then you must enclose the entire name in dou ble quotes as it is always required with command line arguments that contain spaces For example VBoxManage startvm Windows XP e You can specify the UUID which is the internal unique identifier that VirtualBox uses to refer to the virtual machine Assuming that the aforementioned VM called Windows XP has the UUID shown below the following command has the same effect as the previous VBoxManage startvm 670e746d abea 4ba6 ad02 2a3b043810a5 You can type VBoxManage list vms to have all currently registered VMs listed with all their settings including their respective names and UUIDs Some typical examples of how to control VirtualBox from the command line are listed below e To create a new virtual machine from the command line and immediately reg ister it with VirtualBox use VBoxManage createvm with the register op
43. VMM fixed problems with Knoppix 5 0 and other Linux kernels 2 6 15 VMM improved handling of self modifying code aka Linux 2 6 15 errors VMM introduce release logging for better serviceability VMM significant performance improvements especially for Linux 2 6 guests VRDP several issues have been fixed VRDP fixed enhanced rdesktop to build correctly under Linux 2 6 15 Additions added support for SUSE 10 1 and Fedora Core 5 NAT improved performance and stability NAT handle host IP configuration changes at runtime 171 12 Change log VBoxManage made VRDP authentication configurable VDI added workaround against possible Windows host deadlocks caused by a synchronization flaw in Windows ACPI improved host power status reporting 12 23 Version 1 1 6 2006 04 18 ACPI added workaround for XP SP2 crash in intelppm sys the real problem is a bug in this driver IDE added support for image files of up to 8 terabytes API fixed several race conditions on SMP systems Network significant performance improvements VRDP fixed several issues with USB redirection IDE added workaround for Windows 2000 installation problems due to a bug in the Windows disk driver see troubleshooting section VRDP provide extensive connection information also exposed through VBox Manage Linux module added support for Linux 2 6 16 VBoxManage improved support for immutable disk images iSCSI several fixes USB several fixes VBo
44. VRDP fixed a 1 5 4 regression VRDP client and server were out of sync if the VM was started using the GUI VRDP proper error handling if the VRDP library could not be loaded VRDP fixed compilation of the Linux rdesktop client on newer Linux kernels VRDP install rdesktop vrdp on Linux hosts VBoxManage fixed crash during clonevdi VBoxManage added list runningvms command VBoxManage improved the compatibility when reading the partition table of a raw disk Shared Folders added support for read only shared folders Shared Clipboard several fixes Network don t crash if the device is activated but not attached Network experimental support for Intel Gigabit Ethernet E1000 device emu lation iSCSI better check for misconfigured targets iSCSI allow to directly attach to internal networks with integrated mini IP stack PulseAudio don t hang during VM initialization if no sound server is available VDI fixed sized virtual disk images are now completely written during creation to workaround buggy sparse file handling on some OS e g Vista VDI VMDK prevent indexing of vdi and vmdk files on Windows hosts ACPI added sleep button event Serial proper handling of inaccessible host devices Windows installer allow smooth upgrade without deinstallation 154 12 Change log Linux installer fixed Slackware detection regression Linux installer updated VBoxTunctl allowing to assign a tap device to a group on Linux kernels gt
45. VRDP authentication 119 9 4 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL llle 121 5 Custom VESA resolutione 20 o a ee ew es 122 9 6 Multiple monitors for the guest o llle 122 9 7 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux 123 O8 Usina serial Ports uu s e roo a E RR RR ww 124 9 9 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest 124 9 9 1 Access to entire physical hard disk 125 9 9 2 Access to individual physical hard disk partitions 126 9 10 Allowing a virtual machine to start even with unavailable CD DVD floppy also AM P O 127 9 11 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface 128 9 12 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphi e C T 128 9 13 Configuring the BIOS DMIinformation llle 129 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces 130 11 Troubleshooting 131 ILI G n ral zonae RR RE a a 131 11 1 1 Collecting debugging information 131 11 1 2 Guest shows IDE errors for VDI on slow host file system 131 11 1 3 Responding to guest IDE flush requests 132 11 2 Windows guests ue ke s zo eoe ooo OO EO DES 133 11 2 1 Windows boot failures bluescreens after changing VM config MEG uuu cid e RR P y m kr up REE EERE EHE 133 11 2 2 Windows 2000 installation failures 133 11 2 3 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests 133 11 2 4 No networking in W
46. Windows Vista all editions Generally it is strongly recommend to install the Windows Guest Additions 55 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions 4 2 1 Installing the Windows Guest Additions After mounting the Guest Additions ISO file the Windows guest should automatically start an the Guest Additions installer which installs the Guest Additions into your Windows guest 4 2 1 1 Mounting the Additions ISO file In the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar VirtualBox has a handy menu item named Install guest additions which will automatically bring up the Additions in your VM window If you prefer to mount the additions manually you can perform the following steps 1 Start the virtual machine in which you have installed Windows 2 Select Mount CD DVD ROM from the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar and then CD DVD ROM image This brings up the Virtual Disk Man ager described in chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 3 In the Virtual Disk Manager press the Add button and browse your host file system for the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file e On a Windows host you can find this file in the VirtualBox installation directory usually under C Program files Sun xVM VirtualBox On Mac OS X hosts you can find this file in the application bundle of VirtualBox Right click on the VirtualBox icon in Finder and choose Show Package Contents There it is located in the Con
47. XXXXXXXX Lobal global filters only VM filters only maskedinterfaces XXXXXXXX lobal name lt name gt hostpath lt hostpath gt transient readonly remove lt vmname gt lt uuid gt name lt name gt lt vmname gt lt uuid gt pattern lt pattern gt list host lt vmname gt 101 lt metric_list gt transient reset descriptions comma separated 8 VBoxManage reference VBoxManage metrics setup period lt seconds gt samples lt count gt x host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage metrics query host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt ollect period lt seconds gt samples lt count gt list detach host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage metrics G Each time VBoxManage is invoked only one command can be executed However a command might support several subcommands which then can be invoked in one sin gle call The following sections provide detailed reference information on the different commands 8 1 VBoxManage list The list command gives relevant information about your system and information about VirtualBox s current settings The following subcommands are available with vBoxManage list e vms hdds dvds and floppies all give you information about virtual ma chines and virtual disk images currently registered in VirtualBox including all their settings
48. abled by default 8 20 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove The usbfilter commands are used for working with USB filters in virtual machines or global filters which affect the whole VirtualBox setup Global filters are applied be fore machine specific filters and may be used to prevent devices from being captured by any virtual machine Global filters are always applied in a particular order and only the first filter which fits a device is applied So for example if the first global filter says to hold make available a particular Kingston memory stick device and the second to ignore all Kingston devices that memory stick will be available to any machine with an appropriate filter but no other Kingston device will When creating a USB filter using usbfilter add you must supply three or four mandatory parameters The index specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be placed If there is already a filter at that position then it and the following ones will be shifted back one place Otherwise the new filter will be added onto the end of the list The target parameter selects the virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or use global to apply it to all virtual machines name is a name for the new filter and for global filters action says whether to allow machines access to devices that fit the filter description hold or not to give them access ignore In addition you should specify param
49. also add any users who will be allowed to use host USB devices in VirtualBox guests to the appropriate USB users group for your distribution This group is often called usb or usbusers Next you will have to install the system initialization script for the kernel module cp opt VirtualBox vboxdrv sh etc init d vboxdrv assuming you installed VirtualBox to the opt VirtualBox directory and activate the initialization script using the right method for your distribution You should create VirtualBox s configuration file mkdir etc vbox echo INSTALL DIR opt VirtualBox etc vbox vbox cfg and for convenience create the following symbolic links ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VirtualBox ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxSVC ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxManage 2 3 4 4 Updating and uninstalling VirtualBox Before updating or uninstalling VirtualBox you must terminate any virtual machines which are currently running and exit the VirtualBox or VBoxSVC applications To update VirtualBox simply run the installer of the updated version To uninstall VirtualBox invoke the installer like this sudo VirtualBox run uninstall or as root VirtualBox run uninstall To manually uninstall VirtualBox simply undo the steps in the manual installation in reverse order 2 3 4 5 Automatic installation of Debian packages The Debian packages will request some user feedback when installed for the first tim
50. amount where the operating system would no longer boot Note As Microsoft Windows activation mechanism is sensitive to some hard ware changes if you are changing settings for a Windows guest some of these changes may trigger a request for another activation with Microsoft Video memory size Size of the memory provided by the virtual graphics card avail able to the guest in MB As with the main memory the specified amount will be allocated from the host s resident memory Based on the amount of video mem ory higher resolutions and color depths may be available but for most setups the default video memory size of 8MB should be sufficient 44 3 Starting out with VirtualBox 3 7 1 2 Advanced tab Boot order This setting determines the order in which the guest operating system will attempt to boot from the various virtual boot devices Analogous to a real PC s BIOS setting VirtualBox can tell a guest OS to start from the virtual floppy the virtual CD DVD drive the virtual hard drive each of these as defined by the other VM settings or none of these If you select Network the VM will attempt to boot from a network This needs to be configured in detail on the command line please see chapter 8 5 VBox Manage modifyvm page 104 Enable ACPI VirtualBox can present the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPD to the guest operating system for configuring the virtual hardware In addition via
51. asks that the user register with Sun by supplying their name and e mail address and additionally whether they would or would not like to be notified about product updates by e mail Only this information together with the product version and platform being used is submitted to Sun and stored together with the IP address of the submitter 4 Usage of personal information Sun may use personal data collected by the means above collectively personal data for statistical purposes as well as to auto matically inform you about new notices related to your posts on the bug tracker and forum services to administer the website and to contact you due to technical issues Sun will also inform you about new product releases related to VirtualBox unless you have requested otherwise during registration In no event will personal data without your express consent be provided to any third parties unless Sun may be required to do so by law or in connection with legal proceedings 5 Updates Sun may update this privacy policy by posting a new version on the website You should check this page occasionally to ensure you are happy with any changes 219 Glossary A ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface an industry specification for BIOS and hardware extensions to configure PC hardware and perform power manage ment Windows 2000 and higher as well as Linux 2 4 and higher support ACPI Windows can only enable or disable ACPI support a
52. conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA lhash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation 207 14 Third party licenses included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software writ
53. contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work ba
54. create the bridge br0 you should call the file etc sysconfig network ifcfg br0 Below we have given an example of a file which creates a bridge including the network device eth0 obtains an IP address by DHCP through the network device and is started automatically when openSUSE starts You will probably want to adjust this to match your networking requirements BOOTPROTO dhcp NETMASK 255 255 255 0 STARTMODE auto USERCONTROL no DHCLIENT_TIMEOUT 30 BRIDGE yes BRIDGE_PORTS eth0 For this example to work you will also need to change the configuration for the network interface eth0 to a static IP address of 0 0 0 0 as openSUSE does not do this automatically when the interface is added to the bridge You can do this using the graphical interface or by changing the following settings in the file etc sysconfig network ifcfg eth xx xx xx xx xx xx where the last part should be replaced with the hardware address of the network card BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 0 0 0 0 You can activate the bridge immediately after creating it with the command sudo sbin ifdown eth0 sudo sbin ifup brO The bridge will be activated automatically from now on when the host is restarted Now to create a permanent host interface called tapo all host interfaces created in this way must be called tap followed by a number and add it to the network bridge created above use the following command see chapter 6 8 1 5 Host
55. createrawvmdk bug 2184 VBoxManage fixed output of snapshot showvminfo bug 698 Guest properties added information about guest network interfaces Windows guests only Shared Folders fixed regression that caused Windows guest crashes API fixed number of installed CPUs Solaris hosts only 144 12 Change log VRDP allow a client to reconnect to an existing session on the VRDP server by dropping the existing connection configurable and disabled by default only relevant when multiconnection mode is disabled VRDP fixed an image repaint problem Linux hosts fixed bug in vboxdrv ko that could corrupt kernel memory and panic the kernel bug 2078 Linux hosts compile fixes for kernel module on Linux 2 6 27 Mac OS X hosts added Python support Additions fixed a possible hang in HGCM communication after a VM reboot Windows additions added support for Windows XP 64 bits bug 2117 Linux additions deactivate dynamic resizing on Linux guests with buggy X servers Linux additions support Ubuntu 8 10 guests and Fedora 9 guests dynamic re sizing disabled for the latter Linux additions added installer check for the system architecture Linux additions fixed Xorg modules path for some Linux distributions bug 2128 VMDK be more liberal with ambiguous parts of the format specification and accept more format variants bug 2062 VHD fixed a bug in the VHD backend which resulted in reading the wrong data bug
56. dev cdrom must point to the device that allows writing to the CD DVD unit For CD DVD writer units connected to a SCSI controller or to a IDE controller that interfaces to the Linux SCSI subsystem common for some SATA controllers this must refer to the SCSI device node e g dev scd0 Even for IDE CD DVD writer units this must refer to the appropriate SCSI CD ROM device node e g dev scdO if the ide scsi kernel module is loaded This module is required for CD DVD writer support with all Linux 2 4 kernels and some early 2 6 kernels Many Linux distributions load this module whenever a CD DVD writer is detected in the system even if the kernel would support CD DVD writers without the module VirtualBox supports the use of IDE device files e g dev hdc provided the kernel supports this and the ide scsi module is not loaded Similar rules except that within the guest the CD DVD writer is always an IDE device apply to the guest configuration Since this setup is very common it is likely that the default configuration of the guest works as expected 11 5 6 VBoxSVC IPC issues On Linux VirtualBox makes use of a custom version of Mozilla XPCOM cross plat form component object model for inter and intra process communication IPC The process VBoxSVC serves as a communication hub between different VirtualBox pro cesses and maintains the global configuration i e the XML database When starting a VirtualBox component the processes VBoxSV
57. devices now work Windows Additions automatically install AMD PCNet drivers on Vista guests Linux additions several fixes experimental support for RandR 1 2 Linux additions compatibility fixes with Linux 2 6 25 12 9 Version 1 5 6 2008 02 19 This version is a maintenance release It adds an experimental Intel Gigabit Ethernet device emulation and read only shared folders GUI fixed several error messages GUI fixed registration dialog crashes once and for all GUI really ask before resetting the VM GUI release mouse and keyboard before the host activates the screensaver GUI fixed issue with license display on big screens GUI added setting for network name for internal networks GUI added setting for network device type GUI keyboard fixes GUI seamless mode and fullscreen mode fixes GUI fixed soaked hostkey keyup event under certain conditions GUI more informative message dialog buttons GUI VM selector context menu VBoxSDL added termacpi switch VBoxSDL fixed automatic adaption of the guest screen resolution to the size of the VM window 153 12 Change log VMM under heavy guest activity for example when copying files to from a shared folder the VM could crash with an assertion VMM added an option to select PIIX4 improves compatibility with Windows guests created by VMware VMM fixed a bug which could lead to memory corruption under rare circum stances VMM improved performance of Solaris guests
58. document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things 190 14 Third party licenses To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or
59. following section describes some issues that are known not to work in VirtualBox 2 0 6 Some of these issues will be fixed in later releases e NAT mode A virtual network adapter configured for NAT is slower than an adapter configured for host interface networking e Vista 64 bits host Known stability issues when using USB e Mac OS X host The following restrictions apply all of which will be resolved in future versions No support for audio input No support for VI x AMD V required for 64 bit guests The numlock emulation isn t implemented yet No support for connecting a virtual serial port to a physical serial port on the host experimental support added since version 2 0 2 No ACPI information battery status power source is reported to the guest The CPU frequency metric is not supported e Solaris hosts The following restrictions apply all of which will be resolved in future versions No support for audio input No support for using USB devices on the host No support for connecting a virtual serial port to a physical serial port on the host No ACPI information battery status power source is reported to the guest e Guest Additions for Solaris The following restrictions apply all of which will be resolved in future versions Shared folders are not yet supported with Solaris guests 181 13 Known issues Switching a Solaris guest from 64 bit mode to 32 bit mode or
60. for several scenar ios e Operating system support With VirtualBox one can run software written for one operating system on another for example Windows software on Linux without having to reboot to use it You can even install in a virtual machine an old operating system such as DOS or OS 2 if your real computer s hardware is no longer supported e Infrastructure consolidation Virtualization can significantly reduce hardware and electricity costs The full performance provided by today s powerful hard ware is only rarely really needed and typical servers have an average load of only a fraction of their theoretical power So instead of running many such physical computers that are only partially used one can pack many virtual ma chines onto a few powerful hosts and balance the loads between them With VirtualBox you can even run virtual machines as mere servers for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP with full client USB support This allows for consolidating the desktop machines in an enterprise on just a few RDP servers while the actual clients will only have to be able to display VRDP data any more e Testing and disaster recovery Once installed a virtual box and its virtual hard disk can be considered a container that can be arbitrarily frozen woken up copied backed up and transported between hosts On top of that with the use of another VirtualBox feature called snapshots one can save a particular
61. form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contributor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of 199 2 14 Third party licenses this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 entity of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such Source Code License ES The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims Zend a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by
62. in the virtual machine you will need to use one of the following methods Use the items in the Machine menu of the virtual machine window There you will find Insert Ctrl Alt Delete and Ctrl Alt Backspace the lat ter will only have an effect with Linux guests however Press special key combinations with the Host key normally the right Con trol key which VirtualBox will then translate for the virtual machine Host key Del to send Ctrl Alt Del to reboot the guest Host key Backspace to send Ctrl Alt Backspace to restart the graphical user interface of a Linux guest x Host key F1 or other function keys to simulate Ctrl Alt F1 or other function keys i e to switch between virtual terminals in a Linux guest e For some other keyboard combinations such as Alt Tab to switch between open windows VirtualBox allows you to configure whether these combinations will affect the host or the guest if a virtual machine currently has the focus This is a global setting for all virtual machines and can be found under File gt Global settings gt Input gt Auto capture keyboard 3 4 2 Changing removable media While a virtual machine is running you can change removable media from the De vices menu of the VM s window Here you can select in detail what VirtualBox presents to your VM as a CD DVD or floppy The settings are the same as would be available for the VM
63. interface e chapter 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 93 shows how to run virtual machines remotely e chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 explains how to use create configure and control virtual machines completely from the command line The following introductory sections however describe VirtualBox the graphical user interface which is the simplest way to get started 3 1 Starting the graphical user interface After installing VirtualBox as described in chapter 2 Installation page 17 on Win dows you can start VirtualBox as follows e On a Windows host in the standard Programs menu click on the item in the VirtualBox group e On a Mac OS X host in the Finder double click on the VirtualBox item in the Applications folder You may want to drag this item onto your Dock 29 3 Starting out with VirtualBox e On a Linux or Solaris host depending on your desktop environment a VirtualBox item may have been placed in either the System or System Tools group of your Applications menu Alternatively you can type VirtualBox in a terminal A window like the following should come up Sun xVM VirtualBox File Machine Help o ie XR Y 8 Details gi Snapshots Description New Settings Delete Start Discard 8 General E Name Windows Vista Ill MS Debian 3 1 netinst Debian 3 1 net OS Type Windows Vista A Powered off Base Memory 5
64. it contains a useful generic introduction 79 6 Virtual networking auto br0 iface br0 inet dhcp bridge ports ethO0 You will probably want to change this to suit your own networking needs In particular you may want to assign a static IP address to the bridge You will find more documentation in the files a usr share doc bridge utilities README Debian gz and b usr share doc ifupdown examples network interfaces gz 3 Restart networking on the host sudo etc init d networking restart After this the bridge will be recreated every time you boot your host system 4 Now to create a permanent host interface called vbox0 all host interfaces cre ated in this way must be called vbox followed by a number and add it to the network bridge created above use the following command see chapter 6 8 1 5 Host Interface Networking utilities for Linux page 85 for more details sudo VBoxAddIF vbox0 user brO Replace user with the name of the user who is supposed to be able to use the new interface To tell VirtualBox to use the interface select the virtual machine which is to use it in the main window of the VirtualBox application configure one of its network adapters to use Host Interface Networking using Settings Network Attached to and enter vbox0 into the Interface name field You can only use a given interface vbox0 vbox1 and so on with a single virtual network adapter Alter
65. item and select Discard current state This will bring the VM back to the state of the nearest most recent snapshot In the same way you can merge several earlier snapshots into one Note The snapshot reverted to will affect the virtual hard drives that are connected to your VM as the entire state of the virtual hard drive will be reverted as well This means also that all files that have been created since the snapshot and all other file changes will be lost In order to prevent such data loss while still making use of the snapshot feature it is possible to add a second hard drive in write through mode using the VBoxManage interface and use it to store your data As write through hard drives are not included in snapshots they remain unaltered when a machine is reverted See chapter 5 Virtual storage page 65 for details 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager VirtualBox keeps an internal registry of all available hard disk CD DVD ROM and floppy disk images This registry can be viewed and changed in the Virtual Disk Manager which you can access from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window 41 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Virtual Disk Manager Actions o e 9 e New Add Remove Release Refresh Hard Disks CD DVD Images F Floppy Images Name Virtual Size Actual Size 4 amp Debian 3 1 netinst 1 80GB 664 01 MB amp Debian 4 0 netinst vdi 8 00 GB 3 94 G
66. limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 14 2 12 libxslt licenses Licence for libxslt except libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the
67. modern Windows or Linux guest you will probably need several gigabytes for any serious Xx Create New Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Location and Size Press the Select button to select the location and name of the file to store the virtual hard disk image or type a file name in the entry field Image File Name New VM lug Select the size of the virtual hard disk image in megabytes This size will be reported to the Guest OS as the size of the virtual hard disk Image Size 10 09 GB 4 00 MB 2 00 TB m Back Next gt Cancel After having selected or created your image file again press Next to go to the next page 4 After clicking on Finish your new virtual machine will be created You will then see it in the list on the left side of the main window with the name you have entered 3 3 Basics of virtual machine configuration When you select a virtual machine from the list in the main VirtualBox window you will see a summary of that machine s settings on the right of the window under the Details tab Clicking on the Settings button in the toolbar at the top of VirtualBox main window brings up a detailed window where you can configure many of the properties of the VM that is currently selected But be careful even though it is possible to change all 34 3 Starting out with VirtualBox VM settings after installing a guest operating system certain changes might preve
68. need to put every user which should be able to use VirtualBox in the group vboxusers either through the GUI user management tools or by running the following command as root sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Note The usermod command of some older Linux distributions does not support the a option which adds the user to the given group without affecting membership of other groups In this case find out the current group memberships with the groups command and add all these groups in a comma separated list to the command line after the G option e g like this usermod G group1 group2 vboxusers username If any users on your system should be able to access host USB devices from within VirtualBox guests you should also add them to the appropriate user group that your distribution uses for USB access e g usb or usbusers 22 2 Installation 2 3 4 3 Performing a manual installation If for any reason you cannot use the shell script installer described previously you can also perform a manual installation Invoke the installer like this VirtualBox run keep noexec This will unpack all the files needed for installation in the directory install under the current directory The VirtualBox application files are contained in VirtualBox tar bz2 which you can unpack to any directory on your system For example sudo mkdir opt VirtualBox sudo tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox Or as root
69. networking we have dedicated an entire chapter of this manual to discussing networking configuration please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 72 3 7 6 Serial ports VirtualBox fully supports virtual serial ports in a virtual machine in an easy to use manner Ever since the original IBM PC personal computers have been equipped with one or two serial ports also called COM ports by DOS and Windows While these are no longer as important as they were until a few years ago especially since mice are no longer connected to serial ports these days there are still some important uses left for them For example serial ports can be used to set up a primitive network over a null modem cable in case Ethernet is not available Also serial ports are indispensable for system programmers needing to do kernel debugging since kernel debugging software usually interacts with developers over a serial port In other words with virtual serial ports system programmers can do kernel debugging on a virtual machine instead of needing a real computer to connect to If a virtual serial port is enabled the guest operating system sees it a standard 16450 type serial port Both receiving and transmitting data is supported How this virtual serial port is then connected to the host is configurable and details depend on your host operating system You can use either the graphical user interface or the command line VBoxManage tool to set up virtual serial p
70. of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable Source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or C Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is 187 14 Third party licenses allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of th
71. only with Windows XP guests and Guest Additions must be installed as the implementation resides in the Guest Additions video driver 2 Multiple monitors work only with the VBoxHeadless frontend You must also enable VRDP multiconnection mode see chapter 7 4 6 VRDP mul tiple connections page 97 to access two or more VM displays when the guest is using multiple monitors 3 The guest video RAM size should be increased when multiple monitors are used The VRAM is shared among the virtual monitors so that only part of it is available for each one Therefore the available resolutions and color depths will be reduced if the VRAM size remains the same and multiple monitors are enabled The following command enables three virtual monitors for the VM VBoxManage modifyvm VMNAME monitorcount 3 The RDP client can select the virtual monitor number to connect to using the domain logon parameter If the parameter ends with followed by a number VBox Headless interprets this number as the screen index The primary guest screen is selected with 81 the first secondary screen is 2 etc The MS RDP6 client does not let you specify a separate domain name Instead use domain username in the Username field for example 2 name name must be supplied and must be the name used to log in if the VRDP server is set up to require credentials If it is not you may use any text as the username 9 7 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux
72. operation Saving the state of a virtual machine is thus in some ways similar to suspending a laptop computer e g by closing its lid e Send the shutdown signal This will send an ACPI shutdown signal to the vir tual machine which has the same effect as if you had pressed the power button on a real computer So long as a a fairly modern operating system is installed and running in the VM this should trigger a proper shutdown mechanism in the VM e Power off the machine With this option VirtualBox also stops running the virtual machine but without saving its state This is equivalent of pulling the power plug on a real computer without shutting it down properly If you start the machine again after powering it off your operating system will have to reboot completely and may begin a lengthy check of its virtual system disks As a result this should not normally be done since it can potentially cause data loss or an inconsistent state of the guest system on disk The Discard button in the main VirtualBox window discards a virtual machine s saved state This has the same effect as powering it off and the same warnings apply 3 4 4 Snapshots With VirtualBox s snapshots you can save a particular state of a virtual machine for later use At any later time you can revert to that state even though you may have changed the VM considerably since then 40 3 Starting out with VirtualBox This is particularly useful
73. or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all dis tributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 APPLICATION OF THIS LICENSE 215 14 Third party licenses This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 VERSIONS OF THE LICENSE 6 1 New Versions Grantor may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrase gSOAP or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note
74. ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 SOURCE CODE LICENSE 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial Developer to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Original Code Modifi cations or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Original Code Modifications or any combination or portions thereof c d 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Contributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute 213 14 Third party licenses the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an un
75. particular Con tributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Devel oper in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or struc ture of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is 212 14 Third party licenses A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifica tions 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer s
76. patent licenses which are reasonably 214 14 Third party licenses necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file c Representations Contributor represents that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Con tributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Exe cutable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have bee
77. present a logon will be attempted After retrieving the credentials the GINA module will erase them so that the above command will have to be repeated for subsequent logons For security reasons credentials are not stored in any persistent manner and will be lost when the VM is reset Also the credentials are write only i e there is no way to retrieve the credentials from the host side Credentials can be reset from the host side by setting empty values For Windows XP guests the logon subsystem has to be configured to use the classical logon dialog as the VirtualBox GINA does not support the XP style welcome dialog The following command forces VirtualBox to keep the credentials after they were read by the guest and on VM reset VBoxManage setextradata Windows XP VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config KeepCredentials 1 Note that this is a potential security risk as a malicious application running on the guest could request this information using the proper interface 9 3 Custom external VRDP authentication As described in chapter 7 4 4 RDP authentication page 95 VirtualBox supports arbi trary external modules to perform authentication with its VRDP servers When the au thentication method is set to external for a particular VM VirtualBox calls the library that was specified with VBoxManage setproperty vrdpauthlibrary This li brary will be loaded by the VM process on demand i e when the first RDP connection is ma
78. provisions of License are applicable instead of those above If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms of the License and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the License If you do not delete the provisions above a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the License NOTE The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code You should 206 14 Third party licenses use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications 14 2 4 X Consortium License X11 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software 3 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR
79. single shared object Linux fixed SIGALRM process crash on certain distributions VMM fixed Linux guests with grsecurity address space scrambling ACPI added experimental ACPI support VRDP added shadow buffer for reduced bandwidth usage VRDP added support for pointer shapes and remote pointer cache GUI added support for pointer shapes Windows Additions added support for high resolution video modes including multi screen modes 2 3 and 4 screens VBoxManage added new command line tool to automate simple administration tasks without having to write application code 12 33 Version 1 0 38 2005 04 27 GUI fixed creation of disk images larger than 4GB GUI added network and audio configuration panels GUI several keyboard issues fixed VBoxSDL fixed tunfd handling and added tundev Linux host IDE significant performance improvements in DMA modes Video VRAM size is now configurable 1MB 128MB default 4MB 179 12 Change log e VMM fixed several crashes and hangs while installing certain builds of Windows 2000 and XP VMM allow guests to have more than 512MB of RAM e VMM resolved compatibility issues with SMP systems Windows Host e VRDP process cleanup on Linux fixed Linux module fixed build error on Red Hat 2 4 21 15 EL NT Additions fixed installation and a trap Win2k XP Additions fixed installation 12 34 Version 1 0 37 2005 04 12 Initial build with change log 180 13 Known issues The
80. state of a virtual machine and revert back to that state if necessary This way one can freely experiment with a computing environment If something goes wrong e g after installing misbehaving software or infecting the guest with a virus one can easily switch back to a previous snapshot and avoid the need of frequent backups and restores When dealing with virtualization and also for understanding the following chapters of this documentation it helps to acquaint oneself with a bit of crucial terminology especially the following terms Host operating system host OS the operating system of the physical computer where VirtualBox is running There are versions of VirtualBox for several host operating systems see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 for further information While the various VirtualBox versions are usually discussed together in this document there may be platform specific differences which we will point out where appropriate Guest operating system guest OS the operating system that is running inside the virtual machine Theoretically VirtualBox can run any x86 operating sys tem DOS Windows OS 2 FreeBSD OpenBSD but to achieve near native 1 Introduction performance of the guest code on your machine we had to go through a lot of optimizations that are specific to certain operating systems So while your favorite operating system may run as a guest we officially support and optimize for
81. support from the CPU and cannot be run in a virtual machine without it However enabling this setting currently has no effect on how much memory can be assigned to the virtual machine Shared clipboard If the virtual machine has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the clipboard of the guest operating system should be shared with that of your host If you select Bidirectional then VirtualBox will always make sure that both clipboards contain the same data If you select Host to guest or Guest to host then VirtualBox will only ever copy clipboard data in one direction IDE controller Here you can select which type of IDE controller the guest should see Normally this setting does not need to be changed however if you import a disk image that was created with another virtualization product the guest operating system may expect to see a specific controller and crash if itis not found This is why VirtualBox allows you to modify this setting here Snapshot folder By default VirtualBox saves snapshot data together with your other VirtualBox configuration data see chapter 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data page 117 With this setting you can specify any other folder for each VM 3 7 1 3 Description tab Here you can enter any description for your virtual machine if you want This has no effect of the functionality of the machine but you may find this space useful to note 46 3 Starting out with V
82. that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the gSOAP Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY IN CLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND ANY WARRANTY THAT MAY ARISE BY REASON OF TRADE USAGE CUSTOM OR COURSE OF DEALING WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SOFTWARE IS PRO VIDED AS IS AND THAT THE AUTHORS DO NOT WARRANT THE SOFTWARE WILL RUN UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE LIMITED LIABILITY THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU UN DER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED ON THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE OR IF SUCH DAMAGE COULD HAVE
83. the audio output should be heard on the host system If audio is enabled for a guest you can choose between the emulation of an Intel AC 97 controller or a SoundBlaster 16 card In any case you can select what audio driver VirtualBox will use on the host On a Linux host depending on your host configuration you can also select between the OSS ALSA or the PulseAudio subsystem On newer Linux distributions Fedora8 and above Ubuntu 8 04 and above the PulseAudio subsystem should be preferred 3 7 5 Network settings The Network section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure how VirtualBox presents virtual network cards to your VM and how they operate When you first create a virtual machine VirtualBox by default enables one of these four cards and selects the Network Address Translation NAT mode for it This way the the guest can connect to the outside world using the host s networking and the outside world can connect to services on the guest which you choose to make visible outside of the virtual machine Note If you are installing Windows Vista in a virtual machine you will proba bly have no networking initially See chapter 4 2 4 Windows Vista networking page 57 for instructions how to solve this problem 49 3 Starting out with VirtualBox In most cases the NAT setting will work fine for you However since VirtualBox is extremely flexible in how it can virtualize
84. the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either o
85. the name of the interface sudo VBoxDeleteIF vbox0 To create a temporary TAP interface which will disappear when the host system is restarted use the VBoxTunct1 command The following example creates the inter face vbox0 for the user user sudo VBoxTunctl t vbox0 u user If you have installed the bridge utilities see the preceding sections you can add this temporary interface to an Ethernet bridge using the command sudo brctl addif br0 vbox0 Replace br0 with the name of the bridge and vbox0 with the name of the interface Before you can use the interface you will still need to make it active or bring it up in networking terminology usually using the standard Linux ifconfig utility and configure it with an IP address and related information To remove a temporary interface do the following replacing vbox0 with the name of the interface to be removed sudo VBoxTunctl d vbox0 6 8 2 Creating interfaces dynamically when a virtual machine starts up As an alternative to the permanent interfaces described previously you can tell VirtualBox to execute commands usually scripts to set up your network dynamically every time a virtual machine starts or stops This is normally done in order to create 85 6 Virtual networking the TAP interfaces at VM startup time although you can also use this feature to con figure existing interfaces If you are not using permanent interfaces then the startup command should writ
86. then 188 14 Third party licenses the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not t
87. these key combinations may be difficult to enter into a virtual machine as there are three candidates as to who receives keyboard input the host operating sys tem VirtualBox or the guest operating system Who of these three receives keypresses depends on a number of factors including the key itself e Host operating systems reserve certain key combinations for themselves For example it is impossible to enter the Ctrl Alt Delete combination if you want to reboot the guest operating system in your virtual machine because this key combination is usually hard wired into the host OS both Windows and Linux intercept this and pressing this key combination will therefore reboot your host Also with Linux the key combination Ctrl Alt Backspace normally resets the X server to restart the entire graphical user interface in case it got stuck As the X server intercepts this combination pressing it will usually restart your host graphical user interface and kill all running programs including VirtualBox in the process Third also with Linux the key combination Ctrl Alt Fx where Fx is one of the function keys from F1 to F12 normally allows to switch between virtual 38 3 Starting out with VirtualBox terminals As with Ctrl Alt Delete these combinations are intercepted by the host operating system and therefore always switch terminals on the host If instead you want to send these key combinations to the guest operating sys tem
88. under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version available and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism must remain available for at least twelve 12 months after the date it initially became available or at least six 6 months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification has been made available to such recipients You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly fro
89. used to create additional host interfaces These must be created explic itly before they can be attached to a virtual machine You can use the network configuration in the VirtualBox GUI to create and delete host interfaces on your Windows system Alternatively use the VBoxManage tool VBoxManage createhostif VM1 external Each new host interface thus created appears as an additional network card in your standard Windows Network Connections properties After you have created your new host interface this way you can select Host Interface as the networking mode in a virtual machine s Settings window and select the new interface in the Interface name drop down list With the above example this drop down list would contain VM1 external If your host is running Windows XP or newer you can also use the built in bridging feature to connect your host interfaces to your physical network card After creating the desired host interfaces select your physical network adapter in the Network Con nections folder and the desired host interface adapters and select Bridge connections from the popup menu Note that you have to transfer your network configuration from your physical network adapter to the network bridge as mentioned above be cause your physical network adapter will only function as a transport medium in your bridge setup When more than one connection is active on a bridge Windows will au tomatically put your phys
90. vendor ID of 046d all devices produced by Logitech will be available to the guest If you fill in all fields on the other hand the filter will only apply to a particular device model from a particular vendor and not even to other devices of the same type with a different revision and serial number In detail the following criteria are available 1 Vendor and product ID With USB each vendor of USB products carries an identification number that is unique world wide the vendor ID Similarly each line of products is assigned a product ID number Both numbers are commonly written in hexadecimal that is they are composed of the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F and a colon separates the vendor from the product ID For example 046d c016 stands for Logitech as a vendor and the M UV69a Optical Wheel Mouse product Alternatively you can also specify Manufacturer and Product by name To list all the USB devices that are connected to your host machine with their respective vendor and product IDs you can use the following command see chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 VBoxManage list usbhost On Windows you can also see all USB devices that are attached to your system in the Device Manager On Linux you can use the 1susb command 2 Serial number While vendor and product ID are already quite specific to iden tify USB devices if you have two identical devices of the same brand and product line yo
91. we are referring to logon information con sisting of user name password and domain name where each value might be empty Since Windows NT Windows has provided a modular system logon subsystem Win logon which can be customized and extended by means of so called GINA mod ules Graphical Identification and Authentication The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows come with such a GINA module and therefore allow Windows guests to perform automated logons To activate the GINA module first install the Guest Additions You will then find the GINA module a file called VBoxGINA d11 in the Additions target directory Copy this file to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows NT CurrentVersion Winlogon GinaDLL with a value of VBoxGINA dll Note The VirtualBox GINA is implemented as a wrapper around the standard Windows GINA MSGINA DLL so it will most likely not work correctly with 3rd party GINA modules 118 9 Advanced topics To set credentials use the following command on a running VM VBoxManage controlvm Windows XP setcredentials John Doe secretpassword DOMTEST While the VM is running the credentials can be queried by the VirtualBox GINA module using the VirtualBox Guest Additions device driver When Windows is in logged out mode the GINA module will constantly poll for credentials and if they are
92. you can allow a virtual machine to access one of your host disks directly this advanced feature is described in chapter 9 9 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest page 124 Each such virtual storage device image file iSCSI target or physical hard disk will need to be connected to the virtual hard disk controller that VirtualBox presents to a virtual machine This is explained in the next section 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI In a real PC hard disks and CD ROM DVD drives are connected to a device called hard disk controller which drives hard disk operation and data transfers VirtualBox can emulate the two most common types of hard disk controllers typically found in today s PCs IDE and SATA e IDE ATA controllers have been in use since the 1980s Initially this type of interface worked only with hard disks but was later extended to also support CD ROM drives and other types of removable media In physical PCs this stan dard uses flat ribbon parallel cables with 40 or 80 wires Each such cable can connect two devices to a controller which have traditionally been called master and slave Typical hard disk controllers have two connectors for such cables as a result most PCs support up to four devices You can connect up to four virtual storage devices to a virtual machine Since one of these the secondary master is always configured to be a CD ROM DVD drive this leaves you with up to three virtual h
93. 0 u4 and higher experimental support 1 5 Supported guest operating systems Since VirtualBox is designed to provide a generic virtualization environment for x86 systems it may run operating systems of any kind even those that are not officially supported by Sun Microsystems However our focus is to optimize the product s per formance for a select list of guest systems ISupport for 64 bit Windows was added with VirtualBox 1 5 Preliminary Mac support beta stage had been added with VirtualBox 1 4 full support with 1 6 3Support for 64 bit Linux was added with VirtualBox 1 4 Support for OpenSolaris was added with VirtualBox 1 6 14 1 Introduction Windows NT 4 0 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported how ever there are some issues with older service packs We recommend to install service pack 6a Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista All versions editions and service packs are fully supported Vista as 32 bits and 64 bits under the preconditions listed above Guest Additions are available DOS Windows 3 x 95 98 ME Limited testing has been performed Use beyond legacy installation mechanisms not recommended No Guest Additions available Linux 2 4 Limited support Linux 2 6 All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits We strongly recommend using version 2 6 13 or higher for better performance However versio
94. 08 09 04 o 146 12 5 Version 1 6 6 2008 08 26 e e 147 12 6 Version 1 6 4 2008 07 30 22s o o 3k lt lt lt 148 12 7 Version 1 6 2 2008 05 28 occore RR 150 12 8 Version 1 6 0 2008 04 30 151 12 9 Version 1 5 6 2008 02 19 2 2 22545 5845 Lt PO 9 65 153 12 lOWersion 1 5 2007 12 29 ici E X skr Rn 155 12 11Version 1 5 2 2007 10 18 157 12 12Vers10n 1 5 0 2007 08 31 gt o e e rece e REGI tkEGO 159 12 13Version 1 4 0 2007 06 06 162 12 14 Werson 1 3 8 2007 03 14 2i ddr oro RA a FA ow n 165 12 15Version 1 3 6 2007 02 20 ees 166 12 16Version 1 3 4 2007 02 12 soo RE cc 167 12 17Wersion 1 3 2 2007 01 15 cer e prp 168 12 18 Version 1 2 4 2006 11 16 224r RR xs ms 169 12 19 Version 1 2 2 2006 11 14 o RR AR EX RARE X RE 169 12 20Version 1 1 12 2006 11 14 5 2 cR EGG 170 12 21Version 1 1 10 2006 07 28 171 12 22Version L L8 2006407417 coito ok ER 171 12 23Version 1 1 6 2006 04 18 172 12 24Version 1 1 4 2006 03 09 172 Contents 12 25 version 1 1 2 2006 02 03 gt gt s eue Romo y y E ES 12 26Version 1 0 50 2005 12 16 12 27Version OAS 2005 11 23 due ROGERUS oro om 12 28Version 1 0 46 2005 11 04 een 12 29Version 1 0 44 2005 10 25 sd oss e 12 30Version 1 0 42
95. 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V page 10 You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a virtual machine starts up with a number of settings Per default a VirtualBox logo is displayed With bioslogofadein on off and bioslogofadeout on off you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out respectively With bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt you can set how long the logo should be visible in milliseconds With bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt you can if you are so inclined replace the image that is shown with your own logo The image must be an uncompressed 256 color BMP file biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu This specifies whether the BIOS allows the user to select a temporary boot device menuonly suppresses the message but the user can still press F12 to select a temporary boot device boot 1 4 none floppyldvd disk net This specifies the boot order for the virtual machine There are four slots which the VM will try to access from 1 to 4 and for each of which you can set a device that the VM should attempt to boot from snapshotfolder default path This allows you to specify the folder in which snapshots will be kept for a virtual machine 8 5 2 Storage settings The following storage settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm 105 8 VBoxManage reference hd a b d none lt uuid gt lt filename gt This specifies the settin
96. 1 Permanent host interfaces and bridging On Linux hosts setting up a permanent host interface using bridging typically consists of three steps 78 6 Virtual networking 1 First you must create a bridge on the host and add one of the host s physical network interfaces to it usually et h0 This will let you connect that interface to the virtual interfaces used by the virtual machines Keep in mind that bridging is an Ethernet concept not a TCP IP one In phys ical networking bridging is normally used to connect two Ethernet networks letting computers on the one communicate with computers on the other through a single point of contact without having to merge the networks into one 2 For each guest network card that uses host interface networking you must create a new virtual host interface usually called vbox0 or similar and add this interface to the bridge 3 Finally specify the name of the new host interface in the settings of the virtual machine s virtual network card Unfortunately Linux distributions differ substantially in how networking is config ured As we cannot provide instructions for all Linux distributions we have restricted ourselves to describing how to set up bridging on Debian Ubuntu Fedora Red Hat and openSUSE in addition we offer some generic instructions for advanced users VirtualBox ships with two utilities VBoxAddIF and VBoxDeleteIF which work on all distributions These tools allow you t
97. 12 MB NEP Video Memory 8 MB Debian 4 0 Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk A Powered off ACPI Enabled EN 10 APIC Disabled A Fedora Core 6 VT WAMD V Disabled Powered off Hard Disks Ex MCP2 pre additions install Primary Master Windows Vista 3 vdi Normal 28 45 GB Powered Off e CD DVD ROM A openSUSE 10 3 c t 22 2007 Not mounted Powered off E Floppy TA Not mounted A RHEL5 Powered off Audio Host Driver ALSA Audio Driver Solaris Controller ICH AC97 Powered off Network Adapter 0 PCnet FAST Ill NAT Serial Ports Nieshlad On the left you can see a pane that lists all the virtual machines you have created so far three in the example above A row of buttons above it allows you to create new VMs and work on existing VMs The pane on the right displays the properties of the virtual machine currently selected if any When you start VirtualBox for the first time as there is no virtual machine yet everything will be empty 3 2 Creating a virtual machine Clicking on the New button in the user interface will guide you through setting up a new virtual machine VM A wizard will show up 30 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Create New Virtual Machine Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard This wizard will guide you through the steps that are necessary to create a new virtual machine for VirtualBox Use the Next button to go the next page of the wizard
98. 14 Third party licenses exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for hat copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy ct This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of he Library into a program that is not a library ct 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must b
99. 2 2 m o RR 4 eG 75 6 5 Introduction to Host Interface Networking HIF 76 6 6 Host Interface Networking and bridging on Windows hosts 77 6 7 Host Interface Networking on Mac OS Xhosts 77 6 8 Host Interface Networking and bridging on Linux hosts 78 6 8 1 Permanent host interfaces and bridging 78 6 8 2 Creating interfaces dynamically when a virtual machine starts up 85 6 9 Host Interface Networking on Solaris hosts 87 6 10 Internal networking eee ee ee ee ees 87 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines 89 OL a 2 5 e ee eo a ok ee ee ee ee ea oe 89 7 2 Using VBoxManage to control virtual machines 90 7 3 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer 91 7 4 Remote virtual machines VRDP support 92 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server 93 7 4 2 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server 93 TAS Remote USB fone da ir RD 95 744 RDP authentication ooo isis ess a Rs 95 74 5 RDP encryption sss ririri o m Rotor Ee EEE 96 7 4 6 WRDP multiple connections s o so sce paon e mm 97 8 VBoxManage reference 98 8 1 VBoxManage list 2222 4 we dn x39 84440445 102 8 2 WBoxManageshowwm nfo e o n rm ws 103 8 3 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm llle 103 8 4 VBoxMamnage createvmb os ss e rr o o oh ess ss 104 8 5 VBoxManage modifyym leeren 104 8 5 1 Gen
100. 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 June 1995 all U S Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein 11 MISCELLANEOUS This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter hereof If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable This License shall be governed by California law provisions except to the extent applicable law if any provides otherwise excluding its conflict of law provisions With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United States of America any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of California with venue lying in Santa Clara County California with the losing party responsible for costs including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and 205 12 13 14 Third party licenses expenses The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is res
101. 5 2 3 4 2 Using the alternative installer VirtualBox run The alternative installer performs the following steps e It unpacks the application files to a target directory of choice By default the following directory will be used opt VirtualBox 2 0 6 21 2 Installation e It builds the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv and installs it e It creates etc init d vboxdrv an init script to start the VirtualBox kernel module e It creates a new system group called vboxusers e It creates symbolic links to VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxVRDP VBoxHeadless and VBoxManage in usr bin e It creates etc udev 60 vboxdrv rules a description file for udev if that is present which makes the module accessible to anyone in the group vboxusers e It writes the installation directory to etc vbox vbox cfg The installer must be executed as root with either install or uninstall as the first parameter If you do not want the installer to ask you whether you wish to accept the license agreement for example for performing unattended installations you can add the parameter 1icense accepted unconditionally Finally if you want to use a directory other than the default installation directory add the desired path as an extra parameter sudo VirtualBox run install opt VirtualBox Or if you do not have the sudo command available run the following as root instead VirtualBox run install opt VirtualBox After that you
102. 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section 3 2 The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable version related documentation or collateral in which You describe recipients rights relating to the Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s 202 4 5 6 14 Third party licenses rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such terms You offer 3 7 Larger Works
103. 9 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces VirtualBox comes with comprehensive support for third party developers The so called Main API of VirtualBox exposes the entire feature set of the virtualization engine It is completely documented and available to anyone who wishes to control VirtualBox programmatically With VirtualBox all programming information documentation reference informa tion header and other interface files as well as samples have been split out to a separate Software Development Kit SDK which is available for download from http www virtualbox org In particular the SDK comes with a Program ming Guide and Reference in PDF format which contains among other things the information that was previously in this chapter of the User Manual 130 11 Troubleshooting This chapter provides answers to commonly asked questions In order to improve your user experience with VirtualBox it is recommended to read this section to learn more about common pitfalls and get recommendations on how to use the product 11 1 General 11 1 1 Collecting debugging information For problem determination it is often important to collect debugging information which can be analyzed by VirtualBox support This section contains information about what kind of information can be obtained Every time VirtualBox starts up a VM a log file is created containing some informa tion about the VM configuration and runtime events The l
104. ACPI VirtualBox can present the host s power status information to the guest ACPI is the current industry standard to allow operating systems to recognize hardware configure motherboards and other devices and manage power As all modern PCs contain this feature and Windows and Linux have been supporting it for years itis also enabled by default in VirtualBox Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether ACPI is available so ACPI must not be turned off after installation Turning it on after installation will have no effect however Enable I O APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers APICs are a newer x86 hardware feature that have replaced old style Programmable Interrupt Con trollers PICs in recent years With an I O APIC operating systems can use more than 16 interrupt requests IRQs and therefore avoid IRQ sharing for improved reliability Note Enabling the I O APIC is required for 64 bit guest operating systems especially Windows Vista However software support for I O APICs has been unreliable with some operat ing systems other than Windows Also the use of an I O APIC slightly increases the overhead of virtualization and therefore slows down the guest OS a little Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether an I O APIC is available As with ACPI the
105. B Fedora Core 6 vdi 7 81 GB 2 96 GB amp MCP2 vdi 2 00GB 556 01 MB openSUSE 10 3 c t 22 2007 vdi 8 00 GB 3 23 GB 8 B 3 B Solaris vdi 10 45 GB 5 78 GB amp Ubuntu 6 10 2 9 45 GB 2 54 GBA Windows Vista 3 vdi 28 45 GR 13 60 GR Location Imnt innotek unix vdis RHELS vdi Disk Type Normal Storage Type Virtual Disk Image Attached to RHELS Snapshot Help OK 4 The Disk Image Manager shows you all images that are currently registered with VirtualBox conveniently grouped in three tabs for the three possible formats These formats are e Hard disk images either in VirtualBox s own Virtual Disk Image VDD format or in the widely supported VMDK format e CD DVD images in standard ISO format e floppy images in standard RAW format Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox also supports the widely supported VMDK for mat This means that if you have created virtual hard disks with another virtualization product that uses the VMDK format you will not have to recreate these images with VirtualBox but can continue to use them See chapter 5 4 VMDK image files page 69 for details As you can see in the screenshot above for each image the Virtual Disk Manager shows you the full path of the image file and other information such as the virtual machine the image is currently attached to if any Also as can be seen in the screen shot if you have created snapshots for a virtual machine additional differencing hard disk
106. BoxManage added convertdd command API automatically start and terminate VBoxSVC on Linux and OS X hosts VMM increased startup performance due to lazy memory allocation VMM significantly increased maximum guest memory size 162 12 Change log VMM fixed issues with V86 mode VMM support V86 extensions VME VMM support guests with a full GDT VMM fixed boot hangs for some Linux kernels VMM improved FreeBSD and OpenBSD support VMM improved performance of guests that aggressively patch kernel code very recent Linux 2 6 kernels VMM added workaround for a design flaw in AMD AM2 CPUs where the times tamp counter shows large differences among CPU cores VMM fixed Linux guests with grsecurity VMM fixed issue on 2G 2G Linux kernels even 1G 3G kernels should work VMM fixed Linux detection of Local APIC on non Intel and non AMD CPUs VMM timing improvements with high host system loads VM starvation VMM experimental AMD SVM hardware virtualization support now also handles real and protected mode without paging VMM added system time offset parameter to allow for VMs to run in the past or future VMM provide an MPS 1 4 table if the IOAPIC is enabled VRDP allow binding the VRDP server to a specific interface VRDP added support for clipboard synchronization VRDP fixed problems with OS X RDP client VRDP added support for multiple simultaneous connections to one VM VRDP added support for MS RDP6 clients Vista S
107. C and VirtualBoxXPCOMIPCD are started automatically They are only accessible from the user account they are running under VBoxSVC owns the VirtualBox configuration database which normally resides in VirtualBox While it is running the configuration files are locked Com munication between the various VirtualBox components and VBoxSVC is performed through a local domain socket residing in tmp vbox username ipc In case there are communication problems i e a VirtualBox application cannot communicate with VBoxSVC terminate the daemons and remove the local domain socket directory 11 5 7 USB not working If USB is not working on your Linux host make sure that the current user has permis sion to access the USB filesystem usbfs which VirtualBox relies on to retrieve valid information about your host s USB devices As usbfs is a virtual filesystem a chmod on proc bus usb has no effect The permissions for usbfs can therefore only be changed by editing the etc fstab file For example most Linux distributions have a user group called usb or similar of which the current user must be a member To give all users of that group access to usbfs make sure the following line is present 138 11 Troubleshooting 85 is the USB group none proc bus usb usbfs devgid 85 devmode 664 0 0 Replace 85 with the group ID that matches your system search et c group for usb or similar Alternatively if you don t mind the security
108. CD DVD ROM section and select Host drive with the correct drive letter or in the case of a Linux host device file This will allow your VM to access the media in your host drive and you can proceed to install from there 35 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Windows Vista IIT Settings anar 1r J eyx El General CD DVD ROM F Ele Machine Hard Disks imd Qo El Remote Display p X Mount CD DVD Drive LN 8 Host CD DVD Drive HL DT ST DVDRAM GSAHION dev srO v New tid B Floppy a gt Aud Enable Passthrough FA Debig Audio A Oral 8 Network ISO Image File Serial Ports RHELS Serve P 9 UsB Oro E Shared Folders FA Fedo O Po MCP2 Po open Q Po E RHEL OQ Po TF Solari J Po nv Wind Select a settings category from the list on the left side and move the mS O Pov mouse over a settings item to get more information 3 4 Help OK Cancel F ee A e If you have downloaded installation media from the Internet in the form of an ISO image file most probably in the case of a Linux distribution you would normally burn this file to an empty CD or DVD and proceed as just described With VirtualBox however you can skip this step and mount the ISO file directly VirtualBox will then present this file as a CD or DVD ROM drive to the virtual machine much like it does with virtual hard disk images In this case in the settings dialog go to the CD DVD ROM
109. DER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 14 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE Version 1 1 1 Definitions 1 0 1 Commercial Use means distribution or otherwise making the Covered Code available to a third party 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifications 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Contributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case 198 14 Third party licenses including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Cove
110. Das Web C Seiten auf Deutsch C Seiten aus Deutschland CDANONDERW Drive 5 45 5 68 volume B JO Eres 5 X 9 fale a maa See Tee Date Mia metele Pieter 04 06 2007 15 05 Floral 30 01 2007 11 37 E Fibre Ed oe arca 205207 1415 E correr vat tem ES A wirdows x 3 pasta Dita Mozila Fires Startseite Mozila Firefox il computer To enable seamless mode after starting the virtual machine press the Host key nor mally the right control key together with L This will enlarge the size of the VM s display to the size of your host screen and mask out the guest operating system s back ground To go back to the normal VM display i e to disable seamless windows press the Host key and L again 64 5 Virtual storage As the virtual machine will most probably expect to see a hard disk built into its virtual computer VirtualBox must be able to present real storage to the guest as a virtual hard disk There are presently three methods in which to achieve this 1 Most commonly VirtualBox will use large image files on a real hard disk and present them to a guest as a virtual hard disk This is described in chapter 5 2 Virtual Disk Image VDD files page 67 2 Alternatively if you have iSCSI storage servers you can attach such a server to VirtualBox as well this is described in chapter 5 5 iSCSI servers page 69 3 Finally as an experimental feature
111. I O APIC therefore must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however 45 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Enable VT x AMD V This setting determines whether the virtualization engine will try to use the host CPU s hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT x and AMD V See chapter 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VT x and AMD V page 10 for details For 64 bit guest operating systems as well as some rather exotic guest operating systems such as OS 2 this setting needs to be enabled Note For stability reasons all running virtual machines must have the same setting with respect to hardware virtualization In other words if you first start a machine that has hardware virtualization enabled and then start one that has it disabled you will get a warning message and the setting of the second machine that was started and all further machines will be ignored Enable PAE NX This setting determines whether the PAE and NX capabilities of the host CPU will be exposed to the virtual machine PAE stands for Physical Ad dress Extension Normally if enabled and supported by the operating system then even a 32 bit x86 CPU can access more than 4 GB of RAM This is made possible by adding another 4 bits to memory addresses so that with 36 bits up to 64 GB can be addressed Some operating systems such as Ubuntu Server require PAE
112. I watchdog may be active Add nmi_watchdog 0 to the kernel command line e g in your grub configu ration and reboot With the Debian and Ubuntu installation modules execute sudo dpkg reconfigure virtualbox again e The kernel disagrees about the version of the gcc used to compile the module Make sure that you use the same compiler as used to build the kernel 136 11 Troubleshooting 11 5 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found If you have configured a virtual machine to use the host s CD DVD drive but this does not appear to work make sure that the current user has permission to access the corresponding Linux device file dev hdc or dev scd0 or dev cdrom or similar On most distributions the user must be added to a corresponding group usually called cdrom or cdrw 11 5 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions On older Linux distributions if your CD DVD device has a different name VirtualBox may be unable to find it On older Linux hosts VirtualBox performs the following steps to locate your CD DVD drives 1 VirtualBox examines if the environment variable VBOX_CDROM is defined see below If so VirtualBox omits all the following checks 2 VirtualBox tests if dev cdrom works 3 In addition VirtualBox checks if any CD DVD drives are currently mounted by checking etc mtab 4 In addition VirtualBox checks if any of the entries in etc fstab point to CD DVD devices In other words you can try t
113. Interface Networking utilities for Linux page 85 for more details sudo VBoxAddIF tap0 user br0 Replace lt user gt with the name of the user who is supposed to be able to use the new interface To tell VirtualBox to use this interface tap0 for a virtual machine select the VM in the main window configure one of its network adaptors to use Host Interface Network ing using Settings Network Attached to and enter tap0 into the Interface name field You can only use a given interface tap0 tap1 and so on with a single virtual machine Alternatively you can use the VBoxManage command line tool in this example we are attaching the interface to the first network card of the virtual machine My VM VBoxManage modifyvm My VM hostifdevl tap0 82 6 Virtual networking 6 8 1 3 Bridging on Redhat and Fedora hosts To create a bridge on Redhat and Fedora you must first install the bridge utilities oridge utils package Then you must create a configuration file describing the bridge you wish to create The following is the contents of an example configuration file etc sysconfig network scripts ifcfg br0 which sets the bridge brO to get its IP address using DHCP and to start automatically when the system is started You will probably want to adjust this to match your networking requirements DEVICE br0 TYPE Bridge BOOTPROTO dhcp ONBOOT yes To add the network card eth0 to the bridge add t
114. Linux module fixed compilation problem on SUSE 10 system Linux installer added custom shell script installer 12 25 Version 1 1 2 2006 02 03 Note Guest Additions have to be updated The installation method has changed BIOS fixed CMOS checksum calculation to avoid guest warnings BIOS improved APM support to avoid guest warnings IDE Linux 2 6 14 and OpenBSD now operate the controller in UDMA mode by default VMM fixed hang when rebooting Windows 2000 guests with enabled audio adapter 173 12 Change log VMM fixed random user mode crashes with OpenBSD guests VMM increased timing accuracy PIT RTC reduced PIT query overhead VMM tamed execution thread to make GUI more responsive esp when execut ing real mode guest code such as bootloaders VMM significant performance enhancements for OpenBSD guests VMM several performance enhancements VMM improved memory layout on Windows hosts to allow for large amounts of guest RAM VMM significantly improved VM execution state saving and restoring at the expense of state file sizes ACPI fixed Windows bluescreen when assigning more than 512MB RAM to a guest ACPI correctly report battery state when multiple batteries are present on the host Linux hosts ACPI enabled by default for newly created VMs APIC added optional I O APIC Graphics fixed distortion when changing guest color depth without changing the resolution VRDP added support for remote USB
115. OS 2 Warp 159 12 Change log In addition the following items were fixed and or added GUI sometimes two mouse cursors were visible when Windows guest additions became active GUI added VT x AMD V settings GUI disable Show log menu entry to prevent crash if VM list is empty GUI the log window grabbed the keyboard GUI fixed error handling if Linux host clipboard initialization fails GUI pass the Pause key and the PrtScrn key to the guest Linux hosts GUI increased maximum guest RAM to 2 GB Windows host GUI improved rendering performance Windows host GUI status lights for USB and shared folders GUI properly respect the DISPLAY environment variable GUI download Guest Additions from virtualbox org in case they are not present locally VRDP support for multimonitor configurations in Windows guests VRDP support for MS RDP6 and MS RDP Mac clients VRDP added support for WinConnect RDP client VRDP performance improvements VRDP fixed sporadic client disconnects VBoxManage never delete existing target during clonevdi VBoxManage properly print the size of currently used hard disks VMM fixed Xandros Desktop 4 1 hang VMM fixed VI x AMD V hang with newer versions of gcc Linux hosts VMM improved stability of VI x VMM check for disabled AMD V when detecting support VMM fixed AMD V issue when running OS 2 guests VMM fixed application startup regressions e g VideoReDo VMM fixed regression that b
116. PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSI NESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 218 15 VirtualBox privacy policy Version 1 1 April 25 2008 This privacy policy sets out how Sun Microsystems Inc Sun treats personal information related to the virtualbox org website and the VirtualBox registration pro cess 1 virtualbox org The virtualbox org website as any other website logs anony mous usage information such as your IP address geographical location browser type referral source length of visit and number of page views while you visit In addition but only if you choose to register the website s bug tracking and forum services store the data you choose to reveal upon registration such as your user name and contact information 2 Cookies The virtualbox org website the bug tracker and the forum services use cookies to identify and track the visiting web browser and if you have registered to facilitate login Most browsers allow you to refuse to accept cookies While you can still visit the website with cookies disabled logging into the bug tracker and forum services will most likely not work without them 3 VirtualBox registration process VirtualBox
117. SDL also have VRDP support built in and can act as a VRDP server this particular front end requires no graphics support This is useful for example if you want to host your virtual machines on a headless Linux server that has no X Window system installed For details see chapter 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 93 If the above front ends still do not satisfy your particular needs it is relatively pain less to create yet another front end to the complex virtualization engine that is the core of VirtualBox as the VirtualBox core neatly exposes all of its features in a clean COM XPCOM API This API is described in chapter 10 VirtualBox programming inter faces page 130 89 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines 7 2 Using VBoxManage to control virtual machines This section will give you a brief introduction to VBoxManage and how you can use it to create and operate virtual machines In essence VBoxManage supports everything that our graphical user interface al lows you to do with the click of a button VBoxManage supports a lot more than that however It exposes really all the features of the virtualization engine even those that cannot yet be accessed from the GUI You will need to use the command line if you want to e use a different user interface than the main GUI for example VBoxSDL or the VBoxHeadless server e control some of the more advanced and experimental configuration settings for a
118. See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the Li cense The Original Code of the gSOAP Software is stdsoap h stdsoap2 h stdsoap c stdsoap2 c stdsoap cpp stdsoap2 cpp soapcpp2 h soapcpp2 c soapcpp2 lex l soapcpp2 yacc y error2 h error2 c symbol2 c init2 c soapdoc2 html and soap doc2 pdf httpget h httpget c stl h stldeque h stllist h stlvector h stlset h The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Robert A van Engelen Portions created by Robert A van Engelen are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved Contributor s Note The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly form the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications EXHIBIT B Part of the software embedded in this product is gSOAP software Portions cre ated by gSOAP are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved THE SOFTWARE IN THIS PRODUCT WAS IN PART PROVIDED BY GENIVIA INC AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
119. TATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES 189 14 Third party licenses PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTIO 12 IN NO EVENT U WILL ANY COPYRIGHT H ESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING LDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES L O G L END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license
120. TATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EX TENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 217 14 Third party licenses 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS 11 MISCELLANEOUS 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to dis tribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability EXHIBIT A The contents of this file are subject to the gSOAP Public License Version 1 3 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www cs fsu edu engelen soaplicense html Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied
121. TH YOU SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT YOU NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement claim excluding declatory judgment actions against Initial Developer or a Contributor the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You file such action is referred to as Participant alleging that a such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any and all rights granted by such Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 of this License shall upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either i agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable ro
122. Win 3 x guests Shared Folders fixed VM save restore behaviour Shared Folders functionality and stability fixes Shared Folders allow non admin users to map folders Additions added clipboard synchronization Windows Additions fixed dynamic resolution changes after save restore Windows Additions added AMD PCNet driver for Windows Vista guests with kind permission from AMD Linux Additions fixed a dependency problem which caused the vboxadd kernel module sometimes start after the X server 164 12 Change log Linux Additions make VBox version visible in Linux modules with modinfo Linux Additions make X11 guest video driver accept arbitrary X resolutions Linux Additions make X11 setup work if tmp uses a separate file system Linux Additions better support unknown distributions Linux Installer force a non executable stack for all binaries and shared libraries Linux Installer make it work on SELinux enabled systems Linux Installer ship VBoxTunctl 12 14 Version 1 3 8 2007 03 14 Windows installer fixed installation problem if UAC is active Linux installer added RPM for rhel4 and Mandriva 2007 1 Linux installer remove any old vboxdrv modules in lib modules misc Linux installer many small improvements for deb and rpm packages Linux installer improved setup of kernel module GUI Host Fn sends Ctrl Alt Fn to the guest Linux guest VT switch GUI fixed setting for Internal Networking GUI show correct audio backe
123. a select few which however include the most common ones See chapter 1 5 Supported guest operating systems page 14 for further informa tion Virtual machine VM When running a VM is the special environment that VirtualBox creates for your guest operating system So in other words you run your guest operating system in a VM Normally a VM will be shown as a window on your computer s desktop but depending on which of the vari ous frontends of VirtualBox you use it can be displayed in full screen mode or remotely by use of the Remote Desktop Protocol RDP Sometimes we also use the term virtual machine in a more abstract way In ternally VirtualBox thinks of a VM as a set of parameters that determine its operation These settings are mirrored in the VirtualBox graphical user interface as well as the VBoxManage command line program see chapter 8 VBoxMan age reference page 98 They include hardware settings how much memory the VM should have what hard disks VirtualBox should virtualize through which container files what CD ROMs are mounted etc as well as state information whether the VM is currently running saved its snapshots etc In other words a VM is also what you can see in its settings dialog Guest Additions With Guest Additions we refer to special software packages that are shipped with VirtualBox Even though they are part of VirtualBox they are designed to be installed inside a VM to imp
124. adata global lt uuid gt lt name gt 100 VBoxManage setextradata VBoxManage setproperty VBoxManage usbfilter VBoxManage usbfilter VBoxManage usbfilter VBoxManage sharedfolder VBoxManage sharedfolder vmstatistics VBoxManage VBoxManage metrics 8 VBoxManage reference lt key gt enumerate global lt uuid gt lt name gt lt key gt lt value gt no value deletes key vdifolder default lt folder gt machinefolder default lt folder gt vrdpauthlibrary default lt library gt websrvauthlibrary default null library hwvirtexenabled yes no loghistorycount value add lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid gt lt name gt gl name lt string gt action ignore hold active yes no yes vendorid XXXX null productid lt XXXX gt nul revision IIFF null manufacturer string product lt string gt nul remote yes no null serialnumber string modify index 0 N target lt uuid gt lt name gt gl name lt string gt action ignore hold active yes no vendorid XXXX productid XXXX revision lt IIFF gt manufacturer string product lt string gt remote yes no null serialnumber string remove lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid gt lt name gt gl add lt vmname gt lt uuid gt lobal global filters only L 11 null 11 VM filters only null maskedinterfaces
125. address of the iSCSI target target Target name string This is determined by the iSCSI target and used to identify the storage resource 112 8 VBoxManage reference port TCP IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target optional lun Logical Unit Number of the target resource optional Often this value is zero username password Username and password for target authentication if required optional Note Currently username and password are stored without encryption i e in cleartext in the machine configuration file comment Any description that you want to have stored with this item optional e g Big storage server downstairs This is stored internally only and not needed for operation 8 17 VBoxManage createhostif removehostif These two commands add and remove respectively virtual network interfaces on Win dows hosts See chapter 6 6 Host Interface Networking and bridging on Windows hosts page 77 for details 8 18 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata These commands let you attach and retrieve string data to a virtual machine or to a VirtualBox configuration by specifying global instead of a virtual machine name You must specify a key as a text string to associate the data with which you can later use to retrieve it For example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006 01 01 VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006 02 02 would associate the string 2006 01 01 wi
126. age internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative When used from a virtual machine the image will then refer not to the entire disk but only to the individual partitions in the example dev sda1 and dev sda5 Asa consequence read write access is only required for the affected partitions not for the entire disk During creation however read only access to the entire disk is required to obtain the partitioning information In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR code of the created image e g to replace the Linux boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader This allows e g the guest to boot directly to Windows while the host boots Linux from the same disk For this purpose the mbr parameter is provided It specifies a file name from which to take the MBR code The partition table is not modified at all so a MBR file from a system with totally different partitioning can be used An example of this is VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 mbr winxp mbr The modified MBR will be stored inside the image not on the host disk For each of the above variants you can register the resulting image for immediate use in VirtualBox by adding register to the respective command line The image will then immediately appear in the list of registered disk images An example is VBoxMana
127. ail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Partic ipant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringe ment litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agreements excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INI TIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COV ERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM AGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMI
128. ains libxslt which is governed by license chapter 14 2 12 libxslt licenses page 211 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard and Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard 184 14 Third party licenses e VirtualBox may contain code from the gSOAP XML web services tools which are licensed under license chapter 14 2 13 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a page 212 and Copyright C 2000 2007 Robert van Engelen Genivia Inc and others e VirtualBox may ship with the application tunctl shipped as VBoxTunctl from the User mode Linux suite which is governed by license chapter 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 185 and Copyright 2002 Jeff Dike 14 2 Licenses 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using
129. alBox config uration data page 117 Great hardware support Among others VirtualBox supports Full ACPI support The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI is fully supported by VirtualBox This eases cloning of PC images from real machines or third party virtual machines into VirtualBox With its unique ACPI power status support VirtualBox can even report to ACPI aware guest operating systems the power status of the host For mobile systems running on battery the guest can thus enable energy saving and notify the user of the remaining power e g in fullscreen modes 12 1 Introduction I O APIC support VirtualBox virtualizes an Input Output Advanced Pro grammable Interrupt Controller I O APIC which is found in many mod ern PC systems This eases cloning of PC images from real machines or 3rd party virtual machines into VirtualBox USB device support VirtualBox implements a virtual USB controller and allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices to your virtual machines with out having to install device specific drivers on the host USB support is not limited to certain device categories For details see chapter 3 7 7 1 USB settings page 51 Multiscreen resolutions VirtualBox virtual machines support screen res olutions many times that of a physical screen allowing them to be spread over a large number of screens attached to the host system Built in iSCSI support This unique feature allows you t
130. alog VBoxHeadless renamed from VBoxVRDP e VMM reduced host CPU load of idle guests e VMM many fixes for VI x SVM hardware supported virtualization ATA IDE better disk geometry compatibility with VMware images ATA IDE virtualize an AHCI controller Storage better write optimization prevent images from growing unnecessarily e Network support PXE booting with NAT e Network fixed the Am79C973 PCNet emulation for Nexenta guests e NAT improved builtin DHCP server implemented DHCPNAK response e NAT port forwarding stopped when restoring the VM from a saved state e NAT make subnet configurable e XPCOM moved to libxml2 e XPCOM fixed VBoxSVC autostart race Audio SoundBlaster 16 emulation USB fixed problems with USB 2 0 devices Mac OS X fixed seamless mode Mac OS X better desktop integration several look n feel fixes Mac OS X switched to Quartz2D framebuffer Mac OS X added support for shared folders Mac OS X added support for clipboard integration Solaris added host audio playback support experimental Solaris made it possible to run VirtualBox from non global zones 152 12 Change log Shared Folders many bugfixes to improve stability Seamless windows added support for Linux guests Linux installer support DKMS for compiling the kernel module Linux host compatibility fixes with Linux 2 6 25 Windows host support for USB devices has been significantly improved many additional USB
131. and the Back button to return to the previous page Cancel On the following pages the wizard will ask you for the bare minimum of information that is needed to create a VM in particular 1 A name for your VM and the type of operating system OS you want to install The name is what you will later see in the VirtualBox main window and what your settings will be stored under It is purely informational but once you have created a few VMs you will appreciate if you have given your VMs informative names My VM probably is therefore not as useful as Windows XP SP2 For Operating System Type select the operating system that you want to install later While this setting presently has no lasting effect VirtualBox will use this setting to display an operating system accordingly and also make certain recom mendations later based on your selection such as the amount of memory and hard disk space to allocate and future VirtualBox versions may offer certain system specific virtualization features It is therefore recommended to always set it to the correct value 2 The amount of memory RAM that the virtual machine should have for itself Every time a virtual machine is started VirtualBox will allocate this much mem ory from your host machine and present it to the guest operating system which will report this size as the virtual computer s installed RAM 31 3 Starting out with VirtualBox
132. ard disks that you can attach to a virtual machine s IDE controller 1SATA support was added with VirtualBox 1 6 65 5 Virtual storage e Serial ATA SATA is a newer standard introduced in 2003 which supports both higher speeds and more devices per hard disk controller Also with real hard ware devices can be added and removed while the system is running The stan dard interface for SATA controllers is called Advanced Host Controller Interface AHCD The main problem with AHCI controllers is that they are not supported by older operating systems out of the box Also for compatibility reasons AHCI con trollers by default operate the disks attached to it in a so called IDE compatibility mode unless SATA support is explicitly requested Like a real SATA controller VirtualBox s virtual SATA controller operates faster and also consumes less CPU resources than the virtual IDE controller Also this allows you to connect more than three virtual hard disks to the machine Finally a future version of VirtualBox will also implement Native Command Queueing and may thus offer additional performance improvements over IDE VirtualBox will always present at least the IDE controller device to the guest Even if your guest operating system does not support SATA AHCD it will always see this IDE controller and the virtual disks attached to it If you enable the SATA controller this will be shown as a separate additional PCI device t
133. are running the VM in full screen mode your VM needs to share keyboard and mouse with other applications and possibly other VMs on your host As a result initially after installing a host operating system and before you install the guest additions we will explain this in a minute only one of the two your VM or the rest of your computer can own the keyboard and the mouse You will see a second mouse pointer which will always be confined to the limits of the VM window Basically you activate the VM by clicking inside it To return ownership of keyboard and mouse to your host operating system VirtualBox reserves a special key on your keyboard for itself the host key By default this is the right Control key on your keyboard on a Mac host the default host key is the left Command key You can change this default in the VirtualBox Global Settings In any case the current setting for the host key is always displayed at the bottom right of your VM window should you have forgotten about it Recycle Bin In detail all this translates into the following e Your keyboard is owned by the VM if the VM window on your host desktop has the keyboard focus and then if you have many windows open in your guest operating system as well the window that has the focus in your VM This means that if you want to type within your VM click on the title bar of your VM window first 37 3 Starting out with VirtualBox To release key
134. assigned to the address 10 0 2 15 the gateway is set to 10 0 2 2 and the name server can be found at 10 0 2 3 If for any reason the NAT network needs to be changed this can be achieved with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natnetl 192 168 16 This command would reserve the network addresses 192 168 0 0 192 168 254 254 for the first NAT network instance of My VM The guest IP would be assigned to 192 168 0 15 and the default gateway could be found at 192 168 0 2 9 12 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are started using the graphical frontend the normal VirtualBox application they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions greater than the host s screen size unless the user manually resizes them by dragging the window switching to fullscreen or seamless mode or sending a video mode hint using VBoxManage This behavior is what most users will want but if you have different needs it is possible to change it by issuing one of the following commands from the command line VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution any will remove all limits on guest resolutions VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution gt width height lt 128 9 Advanced topics manually specifies a maximum resolution VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution auto restores the default setting
135. at it becomes 191 14 Third party licenses a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU Operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which
136. ategory Metric SubMetric aggregate For example RAM Usage Free min stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all retained data if applied to the host object Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited to one object or and a list of metrics If no objects or metrics are given in the parameters the sub commands will apply to all available metrics of all objects You may use an asterisk x to explicitly specify that the command should be applied to all objects or metrics Use host as the object name to limit the scope of the command to host related met rics To limit the scope to a subset of metrics use a metric list with names separated by commas For example to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user and kernel modes by the virtual machine named test you can use the following command VBoxManage query test CPU Load User CPU Load Kernel The following list summarizes the available subcommands list This subcommand shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics Note that VM specific metrics are only available when a particular VM is running setup This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The retained data is available for displaying with the query subcommand query This subcommand retrieves and displays the currently retained metric data Note The query subcommand does not remove or flush
137. board ownership press the Host key as explained above typically the right Control key Note that while the VM owns the keyboard some key sequences like Alt Tab for example will no longer be seen by the host but will go to the guest instead After you press the host key to reenable the host keyboard all key presses will go through the host again so that sequences like Alt Tab will no longer reach the guest e Your mouse is owned by the VM only after you have clicked in the VM window The host mouse pointer will disappear and your mouse will drive the guest s pointer instead of your normal mouse pointer Note that mouse ownership is independent of that of the keyboard even after you have clicked on a titlebar to be able to type into the VM window your mouse is not necessarily owned by the VM yet To release ownership of your mouse by the VM also press the Host key As this behavior can be inconvenient VirtualBox provides a set of tools and device drivers for guest systems called the VirtualBox Guest Additions which make VM key board and mouse operation a lot more seamless Most importantly the Additions will get rid of the second guest mouse pointer and make your host mouse pointer work directly in the guest This will be described later in chapter 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions page 54 3 4 1 2 Typing special characters Operating systems expect certain key combinations to initiate certain procedures Some of
138. cal user interface of a running virtual machine you can select Shared folders from the Devices menu or click on the folder icon on the status bar in the bottom right corner of the virtual machine window 61 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions e If a virtual machine is not currently running you can configure shared folders in each virtual machine s Settings dialog e From the command line you can create shared folders using the the VBoxMan age command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 The command is as follows VBoxManage sharedfolder add VM name name sharename hostpath C test There are two types of shares 1 VM shares which are only available to the VM for which they have been defined 2 transient VM shares which can be added and removed at runtime and do not persist after a VM has stopped for these add the transient option to the above command line Shared folders have read write access to the files at the host path by default To restrict the guest to have read only access create a read only shared folder This can either be achieved using the GUI or by appending the parameter readonly when creating the shared folder with VBoxManage Then you can mount the shared folder from inside a VM the same way as you would mount an ordinary network share e In a Windows guest starting with VirtualBox 1 5 0 shared folders are browseable and are therefore visible in Windows E
139. ccompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with C Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials Specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the abo
140. ce or none if you wish to al locate an interface dynamically In the latter case you should also specify the creation and termination scripts for the interface with tapsetup 1 4 and tapterminate 1 4 For details please see chapter 6 5 Introduction to Host Interface Networking HIF page 76 e intnet 1 N network If internal networking has been enabled for a vir tual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify the name of the internal network see chapter 6 10 Internal networking page 87 e macaddress lt 1 N gt auto lt mac gt With this option you can set the MAC ad dress of the virtual network card Per default each virtual network card is as signed a random address by VirtualBox at VM creation 107 8 VBoxManage reference 8 5 4 Serial port audio clipboard VRDP and USB settings The following other settings are available through VBoxManage modi fywvm e uart 1 N off lt I O base lt IRQ gt With this option you can configure virtual serial ports for the VM see chapter 3 7 6 Serial ports page 50 for an introduction e uartmode lt 1 N gt lt arg gt This setting controls how VirtualBox connects a given virtual serial port previously configured with the uartX setting see above to the host on which the virtual machine is running As described in de tail in chapter 3 7 6 Serial ports page 50 for each such port you can specify
141. d Solaris hosts Support for VHD disk images In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM VT x fixes AHCI improved performance GUI keyboard fixes Linux installer properly uninstall the package even if unregistering the DKMS module fails Linux additions the guest screen resolution is properly restored Network added support for jumbo frames gt 1536 bytes Shared Folders fixed guest crash with Windows Media Player 11 Mac OS X Ctrl Left mouse click doesn t simulate a right mouse click in the guest anymore Use Hostkey Left for a right mouse click emulation bug 1766 146 12 Change log 12 5 Version 1 6 6 2008 08 26 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed excessive logging bug 1901 VMM AMD V stability fixes bug 1685 GUI added support for Ctrl Caps reversed keyboards bug 1891 SATA fixed BSODs of Windows guests on a SATA disk bug 1941 SATA fixed hard disk detection on Solaris 10 U5 bug 1789 VBoxHeadless don t start the clipboard service bug 1743 VBoxHeadless added vrdp parameter which allows to start the VM session with out VRDP bug 1960 VBoxManage fixes to creating raw disk partition VMDK files now accepts re movable media on Windows bug 1869 VRDP fixed communication with MS Remote Desktop Connection on Mac OS X bug 1337 VRDP clipboard fixes bug 1410 VRDP fixed crash during PAM authentication bug
142. d at http www tkk fi Misc Electronics faq vga2rgb calc html 9 5 Custom VESA resolutions Apart from the standard VESA resolutions the VirtualBox VESA BIOS allows you to add up to 16 custom video modes which will be reported to the guest operating system When using Windows guests with the VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom graphics driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA solution so this information does not apply Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the extra data facility The extra data key is called CustomVideoMode lt x gt with x being a number from 1 to 16 Please note that modes will be read from 1 until either the following number is not defined or 16 is reached The following example adds a video mode that corresponds to the native display resolution of many notebook computers VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME CustomVideoModel 1400x1050x16 The VESA mode IDs for custom video modes start at 0x160 In order to use the above defined custom video mode the following command line has be supplied to Linux x200 0x160 64 vga vga O For guest operating systems with VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom video mode can be set using the video mode hint feature 9 6 Multiple monitors for the guest VirtualBox allows the guest to use multiple virtual monitors Up to sixty four virtual monitors are supported 122 9 Advanced topics Note 1 Multiple monitors currently work
143. d off This is represented by the following key in the Windows registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Services Cdrom Autorun Certain applications may disable this key against Microsoft s advice If it is set to 0 change it to 1 and reboot your system VirtualBox relies on Windows notifying it of media changes 11 4 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client If connecting to a Virtual Machine via the Microsoft RDP client called Remote Desktop Connection there can be large delays between input moving the mouse over a menu is the most obvious situation and output This is because this RDP client collects input for a certain time before sending it to the VRDP server built into VirtualBox The interval can be decreased by setting a Windows registry key to smaller values than the default of 100 The key does not exist initially and must be of type DWORD The unit for its values is milliseconds Values around 20 are suitable for low bandwidth connections between the RDP client and server Values around 4 can be used for a 135 11 Troubleshooting gigabit Ethernet connection Generally values below 10 achieve a performance that is very close to that of the local input devices and screen of the host on which the Virtual Machine is running Depending whether the setting should be changed for an individual user or for the system either HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval
144. dditions run x11 to install the X Window graphic drivers Type in the command sh VBoxAdditions run help for more information 4 3 2 Video acceleration and high resolution graphics modes In Linux guests VirtualBox video acceleration is available through the X Window Sys tem Typically in today s Linux distributions this will be the X Org server During the installation process X will be set up to use the VirtualBox video driver On recent Linux guests that is guests running X Org server version 1 3 or later with the exception of Fedora 9 graphics modes can be selected by resizing the VirtualBox window using the mouse or sending video mode hints using the VBoxManage tool If you are only using recent Linux guests systems you can skip the rest of this section On older guest systems whatever graphics modes were set up before the installation will be used If these modes do not suit your requirements you can change your setup by editing the configuration file of the X server usually found in etc X11 xorg conf VirtualBox can use any default X graphics mode which fits into the virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine as described in chapter 3 7 1 General set tings page 44 You can also add your own modes to the X server configuration file You simply need to add them to the Modes list in the Display subsection of the Screen section For example the section shown here has a custom 2048x800 resolution mode
145. de by an external client External authentication is the most flexible as the external handler can both choose to grant access to everyone like the null authentication method would and delegate the request to the guest authentication component When delegating the request to the guest component it will still be called afterwards with the option to override the result A VRDP authentication library is required to implement exactly one entry point tinclude VRDPAuth h Authentication library entry point Decides whether to allow a client connection 119 9 Advanced topics Parameters pUuid Pointer to the UUID of the virtual machine which the client connected to guestJudgement Result of the guest authentication szUser User name passed in by the client UTF8 szPassword Password passed in by the client UTF8 szDomain Domain passed in by the client UTF8 Return code VRDPAuthAccessDenied Client access has been denied VRDPAuthAccessGranted Client has the right to use the virtual machine VRDPAuthDelegateToGuest Guest operating system must authenticate the client and the library must be called again with the result of the guest authentication VRDPAuthResult VRDPAUTHCALL VRDPAuth PVRDPAUTHUUID pUuid VRDPAuthGuestJudgement guestJudgement const char szUser const char szPassword const char szDomain process request against your authent
146. ditional partitions parameter This example would create the image path to file vmdk which again must be absolute and partitions 1 and 5 of dev sda would be made accessible to the guest VirtualBox uses the same partition numbering as your Linux host As a result the numbers given in the above example would refer to the first primary partition and the first logical drive in the extended partition respectively On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g W WPhysicalDrive0 Partition numbers are the same on Linux and Windows hosts The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the output of VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions rawdisk dev sda The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the user enough information to identify the partitions necessary for the guest Images which give access to individual partitions are specific to a particular host disk setup You cannot transfer these images to another host also whenever the host partitioning changes the image must be recreated 126 9 Advanced topics Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine If this is not feasible there is a special variant for raw partition access currently only available on Linux hosts that avoids having to give the current user access to the entire disk To set up such an image use VBoxMan
147. dvdattach inserts a DVD image into the virtual machine or connects it to the host DVD drive With this command as opposed to VBoxManage modifyvm the image file does not first have to be registered with VirtualBox You can use VBoxManage list hostdvds to display all the drives found on the host and the names VirtualBox uses to access them e floppyattach works in a similar way e setvideomodehint requests that the guest system change to a particular video mode This requires that the guest additions be installed and will not work for all guest systems e The setcredentials operation is used for remote logons in Windows guests For details please refer to chapter 9 2 Automated Windows guest logons VBoxGINA page 118 110 8 VBoxManage reference 8 8 VBoxManage discardstate This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which is not currently running which will cause its operating system to restart next time you start it This is the equivalent of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine and should be avoided if possible 8 9 VBoxManage snapshot This command is used for taking snapshots of a virtual machine and for manipulating and discarding snapshots The take operation takes a snapshot of a virtual machine You must supply a name for the snapshot and can optionally supply a description The discard operation discards a snapshot specified by name or by identifier UUID The discardcurrent operatio
148. e The debconf system is used to perform this task To prevent any user interaction during installation default values can be defined A file vvoxconf can contain the following debconf settings virtualbox virtualbox module compilation allowed boolean true virtualbox virtualbox delete old modules boolean true 24 2 Installation The first line allows compilation of the vboxdrv kernel module if no module was found for the current kernel The second line allows the package to delete any old vboxdrv kernel modules compiled by previous installations These default settings can be applied with debconf set selections vboxconf prior to the installation of the VirtualBox Debian package 2 3 4 6 Automatic installation of rpm packages The rpm format does not provide a configuration system comparable to the de bconf system To configure the installation process of our rpm packages a file etc default virtualbox is interpreted The automatic generation of the udev rule can be prevented by the following setting NSTALL_NO_UDEV 1 The creation of the group vboxusers can be prevented by NSTALL_NO_GROUP 1 If the line NSTALL_NO_VBOXDRV 1 is specified the package installer will not try to build the vboxdrv kernel module if no module according to the current kernel was found 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VB
149. e clicking on its Microsoft Installer archive MSI file e or by entering msiexec i VirtualBox msi on the command line In either case this will display the installation welcome dialog and allow you to choose where to install VirtualBox to and which components to install In addition to the VirtualBox application the following components are available USB support This package contains special drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox requires to fully support USB devices inside your virtual machines Networking This package contains extra networking drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox needs to support Host Interface Networking to make your VM s virtual network cards accessible from other machines on your physical network Depending on your Windows configuration you may see warnings about unsigned drivers or similar Please select Continue on these warnings as otherwise VirtualBox might not function correctly after installation 17 2 Installation The installer will create a VirtualBox group in the programs startup folder which allows you to launch the application and access its documentation With standard settings VirtualBox will be installed for all users on the local system In case this is not wanted you have to invoke the installer as follows msiexec i VirtualBox msi ALLUSERS 2 This will install VirtualBox only for the current user 2 1 3 Uninstallation As we use the Microsoft In
150. e distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law
151. e name of the set tings file with the extension xml1 and the machine folder a subfolder of the VirtualBox Machines folder it must conform to your host operating system s requirements for file name specifications If the VM is later renamed the file and folder names will change automatically However if the basefolder lt path gt and the settingsfile lt filename gt options are used the XML definition file will be given the name lt filename gt and the machine folder will be named lt path gt In this case the names of the file and the folder will not change if the virtual machine is renamed By default this command only creates the XML file without automatically registering the VM with your VirtualBox installation To register the VM instantly use the optional register option or run VBoxManage registervm separately afterwards 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm This command changes the properties of a registered virtual machine Most of the properties that this command makes available correspond to the VM settings that VirtualBox graphical user interface displays in each VM s Settings dialog these were described in chapter 3 7 Virtual machine settings page 43 Some of the more advanced settings however are only available through the VBoxManage interface 8 5 1 General settings The following general settings are available through VBoxManage modi fyvm e name lt name gt This changes the VM s name and possibly renames
152. e than one card of a virtual machine can be set up to use NAT the first card is connected to the private network 10 0 2 0 the second card to the network 10 0 3 0 and so on If you need to change the guest assigned IP range for some reason please refer to chapter 9 11 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface page 128 The network frames sent out by the guest operating system are received by VirtualBox s NAT engine which extracts the TCP IP data and resends it using the host operating system To an application on the host or to another computer on the same network as the host it looks like the data was sent by the VirtualBox application on the host using an IP address belonging to the host VirtualBox listens for replies to the packages sent and repacks and resends them to the guest machine on its private network 6 4 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT As the virtual machine is connected to a private network internal to VirtualBox and invisible to the host network services on the guest are not accessible to the host ma chine or to other computers on the same network However VirtualBox can make given services available outside of the guest by using port forwarding This means that VirtualBox listens to certain ports on the host and resends all packages which arrive on them to the guest on the ports used by the services being forwarded To an application on the host or other physical or virtual machines on the network it loo
153. e the name of the interface which it has created typically some thing like tap0 or tap2 to its standard output the VBoxTunct1 b command does exactly this and the command executed when the machine stops should remove the interface again The commands and scripts used will depend on the networking configuration that you want to set up Both commands are given a file descriptor to the Linux TAP device as their first argument this is only valid if the virtual machine is using previously cre ated interfaces and the name of the interface if it is known as the second argument In most circumstances you will only want to use the second argument Here is an example of a set up script which creates a TAP interface and adds it to the network bridge bro bin bash Create a new TAP interface for the user vbox and remember its name interface VBoxTunctl b u vbox If for some reason the interface could not be created return 1 to tell this to VirtualBox if z Sinterface then exit 1 fi Write the name of the interface to the standard output echo Sinterface Bring up the interface sbin ifconfig interface up And add it to the bridge sbin brctl addif br0 Sinterface If this script is saved as home vbox setuptap sh and made executable it can be used to create a TAP interface when a virtual machine is started by con figuring one of the machines network adapters to use Host Interface Networking without
154. e work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modi
155. ease uninstall it first before installing a new instance Refer to chapter 2 4 3 Uninstallation page 27 for uninstall instructions 2 4 1 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available as a standard Solaris package Download the appropriate pack age for your system The installation must be performed as root and from the global zone as the VirtualBox installer loads kernel drivers which cannot be done from non global zones To verify which zone you are currently in execute the zonename command Execute the following commands gunzip cd VirtualBox 2 0 6 SunOS x86 tar gz tar xvf Starting with VirtualBox 1 6 2 we ship the VirtualBox kernel interface module vbi The purpose of this module is to shield the VirtualBox kernel driver from changes to the SunOS kernel If you do not have vbi already installed check for the existence of the file platform i86pc kernel misc vbi install it by executing the command pkgadd G d VirtualBoxKern 2 0 6 SunOS pkg Future versions of OpenSolaris may ship the VirtualBox kernel interface module in which case you can remove this one before upgrading OpenSolaris Next you should install the main VirtualBox package using pkgadd d VirtualBox 2 0 6 SunOS x86 pkg Note If you are using Solaris Zones to install VirtualBox only into the current zone and not into any other zone use pkgadd G For more information refer to the pkgadd manual see also chapter 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for runnin
156. ect Internal Networking from the drop down list of networking modes Now select the name of an exist ing internal network from the drop down below or enter a new name into the entry field e You can use VBoxManage modifyvm lt VM name gt nic lt x gt intnet Op tionally you can specify a network name with the command VBoxManage modi fyvm VM name intnet x network name gt If you do not spec ify a network name the network card will be attached to the network intnet by default See also chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 In any case you will have to configure the virtual network cards in the guest op erating systems that are participating in the internal network to use static IP addresses because the internal network provided by VirtualBox does not support DHCP like VirtualBox s NAT engine would These IP addresses should use IP addresses on the same subnet e g 192 168 2 1 and 192 168 2 2 You may have to deactivate guest firewalls in order to allow guests to communicate with each other As a security measure the Linux implementation of internal networking only allows VMs running under the same user ID to establish an internal network 88 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines 7 1 Introduction As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 11 VirtualBox has a very flexible internal design that allows you to use different front ends to control the same virtual machines To ill
157. edora 6 would by default have its settings saved in VirtualBox Machines Fedora 6 Fedora 6 xml If you would like more control over the file names used you can create the machine using VBoxManage createvm with the settingsfile option see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage createvm page 104 The virtual machine directory will be renamed if you change the machine name If you do not wish this to happen you can create the machine us ing VBoxManage createvm with the basefolder option In this case the folder name will never change e VirtualBox keeps snapshots and saved states in another special folder for each virtual machine By default this is a subfolder of the virtual machine folder called Snapshots in our example VirtualBox Machines Fedora 6 Snapshots You can change this setting for each machine using VBoxManage as well e VDI container files are by default created in the VirtualBox VDI directory In particular this directory is used when the Create new virtual disk wizard is started to create a new VDI file Changing this default is probably most useful if the disk containing your home directory does not have enough room to hold your VDI files which can grow very large 9 2 Automated Windows guest logons VBoxGINA When Windows is running in a virtual machine it might be desirable to perform co ordinated and automated logons of guest operating systems using credentials from a master logon system With credentials
158. either of the above two image types that is irrespective of whether an image is fixed size or dynamically expanding you can also specify whether write operations affect the image directly 1 With normal images the default setting there are no restrictions on how guests can read from and write to the disk Because of this a normal hard disk can only be attached to a single virtual machine at any given time although you can detach them from a VM and attach them to another When you take a snapshot of your virtual machine as described in chapter 3 4 4 Snapshots page 40 the state of such a normal hard disk will be recorded together with the snapshot and when reverting to the snapshot its state will be fully reset 2 By contrast immutable images are read only and can be used from multiple virtual machines simultaneously Write accesses to immutable hard disks will be directed to a special differencing disk image which VirtualBox creates automat ically However when you shut down the VM to which the immutable disk is attached the changes in the differencing disk will be completely discarded Clearly creating an immutable virtual disk image makes no sense because then the hard disk would always be reset to an empty state when its VM is shut down 67 5 Virtual storage Hence you will ordinarily create a normal virtual disk image and then when its contents are deemed useful mark it immutable For reasons of data c
159. elect Install guest additions from the Devices menu Then start the Windows Hardware Wizard and direct it to the Guest Additions CD where a driver for the PCnet card can be found in the directory 32bit Windows 3rdParty AMD_PCnet Alternatively change the Vista guest s VM settings to use an Intel networking card instead of the default AMD PCnet card see chapter 3 7 5 Network settings page 49 for details 57 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions Unfortunately there is no 64 bit driver available for the AMD PCnet card So for 64 bit Windows VMs you should always use the Intel networking devices 4 3 Linux Guest Additions Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Linux distributions are officially supported e Fedora Core 4 5 6 7 and 8 e Redhat Enterprise Linux 3 4 and 5 e SUSE and openSUSE Linux 9 10 0 10 1 10 2 and 10 3 e Ubuntu 5 10 6 06 7 04 7 10 and 8 04 Other distributions may work if they are based on comparable software releases The version of the Linux kernel supplied by default in SUSE and openSUSE 10 2 Ubuntu 6 10 all versions and Ubuntu 6 06 server edition contains a bug which can cause it to crash during startup when it is run in a virtual machine The Guest Additions work in those distributions As with Windows guests we rec
160. em the true fix is to use a faster file system that doesn t exhibit such unacceptable write performance it is possible to flush the VDI 131 11 Troubleshooting after a certain amount of data has been written This interval is normally infinite but can be configured individually for each disk of a VM using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b The value x that selects the disk is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel Only disks support this configuration option It must not be set for CD ROM drives The unit of the interval b is the number of bytes written since the last flush The value for it must be selected so that the occasional long write delays do not occur Since the proper flush interval depends on the performance of the host and the host filesystem finding the optimal value that makes the problem disappear requires some experimentation Values between 1000000 and 10000000 1 to 10 megabytes are a good starting point Decreasing the interval both decreases the probability of the problem and the write performance of the guest Setting the value unnecessarily low will cost performance without providing any benefits An interval of 1 will cause a flush for each write operation and should solve the probl
161. em in any case but has a severe write performance penalty Providing a value of O for b is treated as an infinite flush interval effectively disabling this workaround Removing the extra data key by specifying no value for b has the same effect 11 1 3 Responding to guest IDE flush requests If desired the virtual disk images VDI can be flushed when the guest issues the IDE FLUSH CACHE command Normally these requests are ignored for improved perfor mance To enable flushing issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 The value x that selects the disk is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel Only disks support this configuration option It must not be set for CD ROM drives Note that this doesn t affect the flushes performed according to the configuration described in chapter 11 1 2 Guest shows IDE errors for VDI on slow host file system page 131 Restoring the default of ignoring flush commands is possible by setting the value to 1 or by removing the key 132 11 Troubleshooting 11 2 Windows guests 11 2 1 Windows boot failures bluescreens after changing VM configuration Often customers encounter Windows startup failures the infamous blue screen after performing configuration chang
162. ened NAT fixed crash Guest Additions reworked the shared clipboard for Linux hosts and guests based on user feedback about problems with individual applications Guest Additions don t allow to disable mouse pointer integration for Linux guests as an Xorg hardware mouse cursor cannot be turned into a software mouse cursor 161 12 Change log Guest Additions Linux guests shipping Xorg 1 3 e g Fedora 7 Ubuntu Gutsy are now supported Guest Additions added DirectDraw support to the Windows display driver 12 13 Version 1 4 0 2007 06 06 General added support for OS X hosts General added support for AMD64 hosts General signed all executables and device drivers on Windows GUI added user interface for Shared Folders GUI added context menu for network adapters GUI added VM description field for taking notes GUI always restore guest mouse pointer when entering VM window Windows host GUI added configuration options for clipboard synchronization GUI improved keyboard handling on Linux hosts GUI added first run wizard GUI improved boot device order dialog GUI auto resize did not work after save restore GUI restore original window size when returning from fullscreen mode GUI fixed screen update when switching to fullscreen mode GUI the size of the VM window was sometimes resetted to 640x480 GUI added localizations GUI fixed size report of ISO images greater than 4GB GUI various minor improvements V
163. ense page 209 and Copyright c 2000 2005 Marc Alexander Lehmann lt schmorp schmorp de gt VirtualBox may ship with a modified copy of rdesktop which is governed by license chapter 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 185 and Copyright C Matthew Chapman and others VirtualBox may ship with a copy of kchmviewer which is governed by license chapter 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 185 and Copyright C George Yunaev and others VirtualBox may contain Etherboot which is governed by license chapter 14 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 185 with the exception that aggregat ing Etherboot with another work does not require the other work to be re leased under the same license see http etherboot sourceforge net clinks html Etherboot is Copyright C Etherboot team VirtualBox may contain code from Wine which is governed by license chapter 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 190 and Copyright 1993 Bob Amstadt Copyright 1996 Albrecht Kleine Copyright 1997 David Faure Copyright 1998 Morten Welinder Copyright 1998 Ulrich Weigand Copyright 1999 Ove Koven VirtualBox contains code from lwIP which is governed by license chapter 14 2 10 IwIP license page 210 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science VirtualBox contains libxml which is governed by license chapter 14 2 11 libxml license page 210 and Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard VirtualBox cont
164. er This new software interface will then exist in parallel to your regular interfaces e g on a Linux host vbox0 will exist alongside eth0 When a guest is using such a new software interface it looks to the host system as though the guest were physically connected to the interface using a network cable the host can send data to the guest through that interface and receive data from it This means that you can set up routing or bridging between the guest and the rest of your network You can create several VirtualBox host interfaces on the host system see the follow ing subsections for instructions on how to do so but each of them can only be con nected to a single virtual network card in a single guest at one time In other words for each virtual network card that is supposed to use Host Interface Networking you will need to set up a new interface on the host Warning Setting up Host Interface Networking requires changes to your host s network configuration which will cause the host to temporarily lose its network connection Do not change network settings on remote or production systems unless you know what you are doing In particular you probably do not want to configure host interface networking for a remote machine which you have connected to via ssh There are few limits on the number of setups which can be created using Host In terface Networking For the sake of simplicity we will only describe a simple setup usi
165. er bug 616 Linux hosts don t crash during shutdown with serial ports connected to a host device Solaris hosts fixed incompatibility between IPSEC and host interface networking Solaris hosts fixed a rare race condition while powering off VMs with host in terface networking Solaris hosts fixed VBoxSDL on Solaris 10 by shipping the required SDL library bug 2475 Windows additions fixed logged in users reporting via guest properties when using native RDP connections Windows additions fixed Vista crashes when accessing shared folders under certain circumstances bug 2461 Windows additions fixed shared folders access with MS Office bug 2591 Linux additions fixed compilation of vboxvfs ko for 64 bit guests bug 2550 SDK added JAX WS port caching to speedup connections 12 2 Version 2 0 4 2008 10 24 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM better error reporting for VT x failures VMM don t overflow the release log with PATM messages bug 1775 VMM fixed save state restore in real mode software virtualization only GUI work around a Qt bug on Mac OS X bug 2321 GUI properly install the Qt4 accessible plugin bug 629 SATA error message when starting a VM with a VMDK connected to a SATA port bug 2182 SATA fixed Guru mediation when booting OpenSolaris 64 most likely applies to other guests as well bug 2292 142 12 Change log Network don t cra
166. er 5 3 Cloning disk images page 68 for instructions on this matter Details about the different container formats supported by VirtualBox are described in chapter 5 Virtual storage page 65 3 6 Deleting virtual machines The Delete button in the main VirtualBox window lets you remove a virtual machine which you no longer need All settings for that machine will be lost However any hard disk images attached to the machine will be kept you can delete those separately using the Disk Image Manager described just above You cannot delete a machine which has snapshots or is in a saved state so you must discard these first 3 7 Virtual machine settings Most of the settings described below are available in the settings window after select ing a virtual machine in the VirtualBox main window and clicking on the Settings button To keep the user interface simple those of the following settings which are not as commonly used are not shown in that settings window They are however avail able through VBoxManage and will be described in chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 later 43 3 Starting out with VirtualBox 3 7 1 General settings In the Settings window under General you can configure the most fundamental aspects of the virtual machine such as memory and essential hardware There are four tabs Basic Advanced Description and Other 3 7 1 1 Basic tab Under the
167. er methods of authentication see chapter 9 3 Custom external VRDP authentication page 119 for details USB over RDP Via RDP virtual channel support VirtualBox also allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices locally to a virtual machine which is running remotely on a VirtualBox RDP server see chapter 7 4 3 Remote USB page 95 for details 13 1 Introduction 1 4 Supported host operating systems Currently VirtualBox is available for the following host operating systems e Windows hosts Windows XP all service packs 32 bit Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit e Apple Mac OS X hosts Intel hardware only all versions of Mac OS X supported e Linux hosts 32 bit and 64 bit Debian GNU Linux 3 1 sarge 4 0 etch and 5 0 lenny Fedora Core 4 to 9 Gentoo Linux Redhat Enterprise Linux 3 4 and 5 SUSE Linux 9 and 10 openSUSE 10 1 10 2 10 3 and 11 Ubuntu 6 06 Dapper Drake 6 10 Edgy Eft 7 04 Feisty Fawn 7 10 Gutsy Gibbon 8 04 Hardy Heron Mandriva 2007 1 and 2008 0 It should be possible to use VirtualBox on most systems based on Linux kernel 2 4 or 2 6 using either the VirtualBox installer or by doing a manual installation see chapter 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts page 19 e Solaris hosts 32 bit and 64 bit OpenSolaris 2008 05 and higher Nevada build 86 and higher Solaris 1
168. eral jettings oe cecco eese 5090 X REP a 104 B5 BOTAS SODUG iuo komo a Re e Re ek e os 105 8 5 13 Networking settings croc he eee eee eee a d 107 8 5 4 Serial port audio clipboard VRDP and USB settings 108 6 6 VBORNIAnage Star oos nu eee a eS 109 8 7 WBosManmisecontrolem ook o ae A a ew Rs 109 8 8 VBoxManage discardstate o e o 111 8 9 WBox Manage SMAPSNOE uuu lop a Re wes 111 8 10 VBoxManage registerimage unregisterimage 111 8 11 VBoxManage showvdiinfo lt se e coe o o e crate 111 Contents 8 12 VBox Manage reel a RR a Yo yos eS 111 8 13 VBoxManage modifyvdi lt o s ooe seo srta om m A 112 8 14 VBoxManageclonevdi o e e eee 112 8 15 VBoxManage convertdd cs e e ccce e es om RR RS 112 8 16 VBoxManage addiscsidisk o ooo eee 112 8 17 VBoxManage createhostif removehostif 113 8 18 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata 113 8 19 VBoxManage setproperty lt lt lt o o os soso hs 114 8 20 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove 114 8 21 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove 115 8 22 VBoxManage updatesettings o e eee eee 115 8 23 VDoxManase HIBETRE usse e a a EE ho E 115 9 Advanced topics 117 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data llle 117 9 2 Automated Windows guest logons VBOxGINA 118 9 3 Custom external
169. erating system from an ISO file that you have obtained from the Internet For example most Linux distributions are available in this way All these settings can be changed while the guest is running Since the Settings di alog is not available at that time you can also access these settings from the Devices menu of your virtual machine window 48 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Note The identification string of the drive provided to the guest which in the guest would be displayed by configuration tools such as the Windows Device Manager is always VBOX CD ROM irrespective of the current con figuration of the virtual drive This is to prevent hardware detection from being triggered in the guest operating system every time the configuration is changed Using the host drive normally provides a read only drive to the guest As an ex perimental feature which currently works for data only audio is not supported it is possible to give the guest access to the CD DVD writing features of the host drive if available VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt dvdpassthrough on See also chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 This deliberately does not pass through really all commands Unsafe commands such as updating the drive firmware are blocked 3 7 4 Audio settings The Audio section in a virtual machine s Settings window determines whether the VM will see a sound card connected and whether
170. eread these sections if you used dynamic interfaces on earlier versions Since the Linux kernel has built in support for virtual network devices so called TAP interfaces VirtualBox on Linux makes use of these instead of providing custom host networking drivers The TAP interfaces behave like physical network interfaces on your host and will work with any networking tools installed on your host system From the point of view of the host it looks like the guest s network card is connected to the TAP interface with a network cable In order to use Host Interface Networking in VirtualBox you must have access to the device dev net tun Check which group this device belongs to and make sure that any users who need access to VirtualBox Host Networking are members of this group In most cases this device will belong to the vboxusers group On Linux hosts you have a choice of creating permanent networking interfaces which guests can attach to when they are created or having VirtualBox create a dy namic interface for a guest when the guest is started and remove it when the guest is stopped Permanent interfaces are more suitable for hosts with a known set of guests that does not change often such as some server setups and they are easier to set up Having VirtualBox create the interfaces dynamically provides more flexibility but will normally require you to enter an administrator password each time an interface is created or removed 6 8
171. es this does not automatically register the newly cre ated image in the internal registry of hard disks If you want this done automatically add register VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda register After registering you can assign the newly created image to a virtual machine with VBoxManage modifyvm WindowsXP hda path to file vmdk When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from the specified physical disk 9 9 2 Access to individual physical hard disk partitions This raw partition support is quite similar to the full hard disk access described above However in this case any partitioning information will be stored inside the VMDK image so you can e g install a different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without affecting the host s partitioning information While the guest will be able to see all partitions that exist on the physical disk access will be filtered in that reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the partitions will only yield zeroes and all writes to them are ignored To create a special image for raw partition support which will contain a small amount of data as already mentioned on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 As you can see the command is identical to the one for full hard disk access except for the ad
172. es README Debian on your host computer will have additional documentation 3 To add the TAP interface to the bridge replace the line bridge ports eth0 in the bridge section in etc network interfaces with bridge ports eth0 tapO 4 Restart networking on the host sudo etc init d networking restart 6 8 1 2 Bridging on openSUSE hosts At least openSUSE 11 has a udev rule which calls sbin ifup for each network in terface created with ifconfig Calling ifup for host network interfaces will not work as the openSUSE system has no configuration about this interface there is no etc sysconfig network ifcfg file for this interface Fortunately this rule has some exceptions among them all interface names starting with tun and all inter face names starting with tap Therefore we will name the host interface tapO in the following section The following instructions explain how to create bridge on openSUSE Note that bridging on openSUSE hosts may not work properly if you are using NetworkManager to manage your network connections To create a bridge on a recent openSUSE host you must first install the bridge utilities bridge utils package If you are working from the command line this can be done as follows 81 6 Virtual networking sudo sbin yast i bridge utils Then you must create a text file describing the bridge to be created The name of the file must correspond to the name of the bridge you wish to create To
173. es for Ubuntu 6 10 Edgy Eft Ubuntu 6 06 LTS Dapper Drake and Debian 4 0 Etch 12 18 Version 1 2 4 2006 11 16 Several bug fixes that accidentally didn t make it into 1 2 2 12 19 Version 1 2 2 2006 11 14 Note Guest Additions have to be updated for the enhanced VRDP features to work Linux Additions improved compatibility with Red Hat distributions Linux Additions enhanced display performance solved several issues Linux Additions added color pointer support Linux Additions added support for X org 7 x VMM fixed sporadic mouse reset problem VMM fixed several issues with Linux guests VMM significant performance improvements for Linux 2 6 guests VMM significant general performance improvements VMM fixed sporadic reboot problems logo hang VMM added support for Intel VEx aka Vanderpool 169 12 Change log VMM experimental support for IBM OS 2 Warp requires VT x to be enabled USB added support for isochronous transfers webcams audio etc USB fixed problem with devices not showing up after a guest reboot USB fixed several issues BIOS fixed use of fourth boot device BIOS added boot menu support BIOS added support for disks up to 2 Terabytes VRDP significantly enhanced performance and reduced bandwidth usage through new acceleration architecture VBoxManage added support for capturing network traffic GUI added fullscreen mode GUI fixed several problems 12 20 Version 1 1 12 2006 11 14
174. es to a virtual machine which are not allowed for an already installed Windows operating system Depending on the presence of several hardware features the Windows installation program chooses special kernel and device driver versions and will fail to startup should these hardware features be removed Most importantly never disable ACPI and the I O APIC if they were enabled at installation time Enabling them for a Windows VM which was installed without them does not cause any harm However Windows will not use these features in this case 11 2 2 Windows 2000 installation failures When installing Windows 2000 guests you might run into one of the following issues e Installation reboots usually during component registration e Installation fills the whole hard disk with empty log files e Installation complains about a failure installing msgina dll These problems are all caused by a bug in the hard disk driver of Windows 2000 After issuing a hard disk request there is a race condition in the Windows driver code which leads to corruption if the operation completes too fast i e the hardware in terrupt from the IDE controller arrives too soon With physical hardware there is a guaranteed delay in most systems so the problem is usually hidden there however it should be possible to reproduce it on physical hardware as well In a virtual environ ment it is possible for the operation to be done immediately especially on very fast systems wi
175. esented by various metrics associated with the host system or a particular VM For example the host system has a CPU Load User metric that shows the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a specific sampling period Metric data is collected and retained internally it may be retrieved at any time with the VBoxManage metrics query subcommand The data is available as long as the background VBoxSVC process is alive That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends have been closed By default metrics are not collected Metrics collection starts as soon as a proper sampling interval and the number of retained metrics are set using the VBoxManage metrics setup subcommand The interval is measured in seconds For example to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage metrics every second and keeping the 5 most current samples the following command can be used VBoxManage metrics setup period 1 samples 5 host CPU Load RAM Usage Specifying 0 as the interval or as the number of retained samples disables metric collection Note that the VBoxManage metrics setup subcommand discards all previously collected samples for the specified set of objects and metrics The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics Available metrics can be listed with VBoxManage metrics list subcommand 115 8 VBoxManage reference A complete metric name may include an aggregate function The name has the following form C
176. ess the logo allow to auto convert settings files allow to auto convert settings files but create backup copies before allow to auto convert settings files but don t explicitly save the results vms runningvms ostypes hostdvds hostfloppies hostifs hostinfo hdds dvds floppies usbhost usbfilters systemproperties uuid name details statistics machinereadable lt filename gt lt uuid gt lt name gt delete name lt name gt register basefolder path uuid uuid settingsfile lt path gt uuid name name name ostype lt ostype gt memory lt memorysize gt vram lt vramsize gt acpi onloff ioapic onloff pae on off hwvirtex onloff default nestedpaging onloff 98 VBoxManage startvm VBoxManage controlvm 8 VBoxManage reference monitorcount number bioslogofadein on off bioslogofadeout onloff bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu biossystemtimeoffset lt msec gt biospxedebug onloff boot 1 4 none floppy dvd disk net gt hd a b d none lt uuid gt lt filename gt idecontroller PIIX3 PIIXA4 dvd none lt uuid gt lt filename gt host lt drive gt dvdpassthrough on off floppy disabled empty uuid lt filename gt host lt drive gt nic 1 N none null nat hostif intnet nictype 1 N Am79C970A Am79C973 cableconnected lt 1 N gt
177. eters to filter by You can find the parameters for devices attached to your system using VBoxManage list usbhost Finally you can specify whether the filter should be active and for local filters whether they are for local devices remote over an RDP connection or either 114 8 VBoxManage reference When you modify a USB filter using usbfilter modify you must specify the filter by index see the output of VBoxManage list usbfilters to find global filter indexes and that of VBoxManage showvminfo to find indexes for individual machines and by target which is either a virtual machine or global The properties which can be changed are the same as for usbfilter add To remove a filter use usbfilter remove and specify the index and the target 8 21 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove This command allows you to share folders on the host computer with guest operat ing systems For this the guest systems must have a version of the VirtualBox guest additions installed which supports this functionality Shared folders are described in detail in chapter 4 6 Folder sharing page 61 8 22 VBoxManage updatesettings The updatesettings command updates all VirtualBox configuration files from an earlier to the current version You will need this when you upgrade your version of VirtualBox but should not need it apart from that 8 23 VBoxManage metrics This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources Resources are repr
178. evice in a network to acquire its IP address and other networking details automatically in order to avoid having to configure all devices in a network with fixed IP ad dresses VirtualBox has a built in DHCP server that delivers an IP addresses to a virtual machine when networking is configured to NAT see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 72 E EHCI Enhanced Host Controller Interface the interface that implements the USB 2 0 standard G GUI Graphical User Interface Commonly used as an antonym to a command line interface in the context of VirtualBox we sometimes refer to the main graphical VirtualBox program as the GUI to differentiate it from the VBoxManage interface GUID See UUID IDE Integrated Drive Electronics an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 I O APIC See APIC SCSI Internet SCSI see chapter 5 5 iSCSI servers page 69 MAC Media Access Control a part of an Ethernet network card A MAC address is a 6 byte number which identifies a network card It is typically written in hexadecimal notation where the bytes are separated as colons such as 00 17 3A 5E CB 08 221 Glossary N NAT Network Address Translation A technique to share networking interfaces by which an interface modifies the source and or target IP addresses of networking packages according to specific rules Commonly employed by routers and fire wa
179. excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY DER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL ELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR Y INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY ARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL ORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER M E Del lt MERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN 1F SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN ORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICAB PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW TH EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU HQB2QPO0O0RGC 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS The Covered Code is a commercial item as that term is defined in 48 C F R 2 101 Oct 1995 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Sept 1995 Consistent with
180. f that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free 197 14 Third party licenses programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION E 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOL
181. f the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outs
182. for making sure that a guest installation is not damaged by accidental changes misbehaving software or viruses Once you have set up the machine the way you want it simply take a snapshot and should anything happen to the installation you can simply revert to its snapshot state To take a snapshot of your VM perform the following steps 1 If your VM is currently in either the saved or the powered off state as dis played next to the VM in the VirtualBox main window click on the Snapshots tab on the top right of the main window and then on the small camera icon for Take snapshot If your VM is currently running select Take snapshot from the Machine pull down menu of the VM window 2 A window will pop up and ask you to name the snapshot This name is purely for reference purposes to help you remember the state of the snapshot For example a useful name would be Fresh installation from scratch no external drivers 3 Your new snapshot will then appear in the list of snapshots under the Snapshots tab Underneath you will see an item called Current state signifying that the current state of your VM is a variation based on the snapshot you took earlier If you later take another snapshot you will see that they will be displayed in sequence and each subsequent snapshot is a derivation of the earlier one To revert to an earlier snapshot you click on the Current state
183. fy or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you
184. g VirtualBox page 27 The installer will then prompt you to enter the package you wish to install Choose 1 or all and proceed Next the installer will ask you if you want to allow the postinstall script to be executed Choose y and proceed as it is essential to execute this script which installs the VirtualBox kernel module Following this confirmation the installer will install VirtualBox and execute the postinstall setup script Once the postinstall script has been executed your installation is now complete You may now safely delete the uncompressed package and aut oresponse files from your system VirtualBox would be installed in opt VirtualBox 26 2 Installation 2 4 2 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you Alternatively you can directly invoke the required programs from opt VirtualBox Using the links provided is easier as you do not have to type the full path You can configure some elements of the VirtualBox Qt GUI such as fonts and colours by executing VBoxQt config from the terminal 2 4 3 Uninstallation Uninstallation of VirtualBox on Solaris requires root permissions To perform the unin stallation start a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvbox After confir
185. g modes Each of the four networking adapters can be separately configured to operate in one of the following four modes e Not attached e Network Address Translation NAT e Host Interface Networking e Internal Networking By default virtual network cards are set up to use network address translation which is well suited to standard networking needs accessing the Internet from programs running in the guest and providing network services for machines in a local intranet In particular if all you want is to browse the Web download files and view e mail inside the guest then the default configuration of the NAT network should be sufficient for you and you can safely skip the rest of this section Please note that the ping utility does not work over NAT and that there are certain limitations when using Windows file sharing see chapter 6 4 3 NAT limitations page 75 for details For advanced networking needs such as network simulations host interface network ing can be used to set up an additional software based network interface on the host to which the virtual machine is connected Finally VirtualBox internal networking can be used to create a virtual network which is visible to selected virtual machines but not to applications running on the host or to the outside world The following sections describe the available network modes in more detail 6 3 Not attached mode When a virtual network card s mode is set to Not a
186. g of Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and or in combination with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination to make use sell offer for sale have made and or otherwise dispose of 1 Modifications made by that Contributor or portions thereof and 2 the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination c the licenses granted in Sections 2 2 a and 2 2 b are effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code 200 14 Third party licenses d Notwithstanding Section 2 2 b above no patent license is granted 1 for any code that Contributor has deleted from the Contributor Version 2 separate from the Contributor Version 3 for infringements caused by i third party modifications of Contributor Version or ii the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with other software except as part of the Contributor Version or other devices or 4 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by that Contributor 3 Distribution Obligations 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released
187. ge internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative register which creates an image referring to individual partitions and registers it when the image is successfully created 9 10 Allowing a virtual machine to start even with unavailable CD DVD floppy devices When on VM startup a CD DVD or floppy device is unavailable VirtualBox by default prints an error message and refuses to start the virtual machine In some situations this behavior is not desirable The behavior can be changed for the CD DVD drive with the following configuration change command VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN 2 Config AttachFailError 0 127 9 Advanced topics The equivalent command for the floppy drive is VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices i82078 0 LUN 0 Config AttachFailError 0 You will still get a warning message that a device is not available Some guest oper ating systems may show strange behavior when using saved state or snapshots espe cially if a previously mounted medium is no longer available when the virtual machine is resumed 9 11 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface In NAT mode the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4 range 10 0 x 0 24 by default where x corresponds to the instance of the NAT interface 2 of that VM So x is 2 if there is only once NAT instance active In that case the guest is
188. gs lt username gt VirtualBox If you fail to do so VirtualBox will not startup Note Guest Additions have to be updated VMM fixed a Linux 2 6 guest panic on certain P4 CPUs VMM performance improvements Graphics fixed y offset handling in dynamic resolution mode secure labeling support VDI added support for immutable independent images part of the upcoming snapshot feature Additions added VBoxControl command line utility to get set the guest video acceleration status Additions video acceleration is turned off by default use VBoxControl to enable it It usually helps for VRDP performance GUI DirectDraw support for faster display handling on Win32 175 12 Change log GUI allow creation and assignment of disk images in the New VM wizard USB fixed high CPU load on certain Linux distributions VBoxSDL fixed several secure labeling issues crash at exit protection against guest video modes greater than what SDL provides on the host VBoxManage convert command line parameters from the current codepage to Unicode 12 28 Version 1 0 46 2005 11 04 Note Guest Additions have to be updated Linux VirtualBox binaries can now be started from directories other than the installation directory VMM added support for PAE guest mode VMM added support for hosts running in NX No Execute DEP Data Execu tion Prevention mode Graphics fixes for dynamic resolution handling Linux module yet another kernel
189. gs for each of the three virtual hard disks that can be attached to a VM s IDE con troller primary master and slave and secondary slave the secondary master is always reserved for the virtual CD DVD drive For each of these three specify either the UUID or a filename of a virtual disk that you have either registered with VBoxManage registerimage see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage registerimage unregisterimage page 111 or created using VBoxManage createvdi with the register option see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage createvdi page 111 alternatively specify the UUID of an iSCSI target that you have registered with VBoxManage addiscsidisk see chapter 8 16 VBoxManage ad discsidisk page 112 sata on off this determines whether VirtualBox in addition to the IDE controller should also present an SATA controller as a second PCI device to the virtual machine See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 for additional information sataportcount 1 30 ifthe SATA controller is enabled this determines how many ports the SATA controller should support sataport 1 30 none lt uuid gt lt filename gt if the SATA controller is enabled this specifies how an SATA slot should be occupied This works just like the hnd options explained above sataideemulation 1 4 1 30 if the SATA controller is enabled this specifies which SATA ports should operate in IDE emulation mode As explained in cha
190. gt lt password gt lt domain gt allowlocallogon lt yes no gt VBoxManage discardstate lt uuid gt lt name gt VBoxManage adoptstate lt uuid gt lt name gt lt state_file gt VBoxManage snapshot lt uuid gt lt name gt take lt name gt dese desco discard lt uuid gt lt name gt discardcurrent state all edit lt uuid gt lt name gt current newname lt name gt newdesc lt desc gt showvminfo lt uuid gt lt name gt VBoxManage registerimage disk dvd floppy lt filename gt type normal immutable writethrough disk only VBoxManage unregisterimage disk dvd floppy lt uuid gt lt filename gt VBoxManage showvdiinfo uuid filename VBoxManage createvdi filename filename size lt megabytes gt static comment lt comment gt register type normal writethrough default normal VBoxManage modifyvdi lt uuid gt lt filename gt compact VBoxManage clonevdi lt uuid gt lt filename gt lt outputfile gt VBoxManage convertdd static lt filename gt lt outputfile gt VBoxManage convertdd static stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt VBoxManage addiscsidisk server lt name gt lt ip gt target target port lt port gt lun lt lun gt encodedlun lt lun gt username lt username gt password lt password gt comment lt comment gt VBoxManage createhostif lt name gt VBoxManage removehostif lt uuid gt lt name gt VBoxManage getextr
191. hardware virtualization features first need to be enabled in the BIOS before VirtualBox can use them There is no specific setting to enable 64 bit support for a guest If the above con ditions are met in particular if hardware virtualization is enabled 64 bit support is available and you can simply install a 64 bit operating system in the guest Warning You should enable the I O APIC for virtual machines that you in tend to use in 64 bit mode This is especially true for 64 bit Windows VMs See chapter 3 7 1 2 Advanced tab page 45 In addition for 64 bit Windows guests you should make sure that the VM uses the Intel networking device since there no 64 bit driver support for the AMD PCnet card see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 72 16 2 Installation As installation of VirtualBox varies depending on your host operating system we pro vide installation instructions in three separate chapters for Windows Linux and So laris respectively 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts 2 1 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Windows that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 In addition Windows Installer 1 1 or higher must be present on your system This should be the case if you have all recent Windows updates installed 2 1 2 Performing the installation The VirtualBox installation can be started e either by doubl
192. hardware virtualization significantly VirtualBox added support for AMD s nested paging with version 2 0 e Intel has named its hardware virtualization VT x it was originally called Van derpool Support for nested page tables called Extended Page Tables EPT by Intel will be shipped with the new Nehalem processors and will be supported by VirtualBox in a future release While VirtualBox does support these hardware features they are optional you can enable or disable hardware virtualization individiually for each virtual machine In fact depending on the workload VirtualBox s software virtualization may even be faster than hardware virtualization Other virtualization products that require hardware virtualization are usually much less sophisticated and tuned compared to VirtualBox With VI x and AMD V a special CPU environment has to be entered in order to execute guest code and whenever activity of the VMM is required this envi ronment has to be left and then entered again This can be an expensive operation and in many circumstances the benefits of hardware virtualization may not outweigh the performance penalty On the other hand side with hardware virtualization enabled much less virtualiza tion code from VirtualBox needs to be executed which can result in a more reliable system So if you run into problems you may want to try enabling hardware virtual ization Enabling hardware virtualization is required only in t
193. he following line to the end of the file etc sysconfig network scripts ifcfg etho BRIDGE br0 You can activate the bridge immediately after creating it with the command sudo sbin service network restart The bridge will be activated automatically from now on when the host is restarted Now to create a permanent host interface called vbox0 all host interfaces created in this way must be called vbox followed by a number and add it to the network bridge created above use the following command see chapter 6 8 1 5 Host Interface Networking utilities for Linux page 85 for more details sudo VBoxAddIF vbox0 user bro Replace user with the name of the user who is supposed to be able to use the new interface To tell VirtualBox to use this interface vbox0 for a virtual machine select the VM in the main window configure one of its network adaptors to use Host Interface Networking using Settings Network Attached to and enter vbox0 into the Interface name field You can only use a given interface vbox0 vbox1 and so on with a single virtual machine Alternatively you can use the VBoxManage command line tool in this example we are attaching the interface to the first network card of the virtual machine My VM VBoxManage modifyvm My VM hostifdevl vbox0 6 8 1 4 Bridging with other distributions Most modern Linux distributions provide their own way of setting up ethernet bridges We
194. hole give all users access to USB by changing 664 to 666 The various distributions are very creative from which script the usbfs filesys tem is mounted Sometimes the command is hidden in unexpected places For SuSE 10 0 the mount command is part of the udev configuration file etc udev rules d 50 udev rules As this distribution has no user group called usb you may e g use the vboxusers group which was created by the VirtualBox installer Since group numbers are allocated dynamically the following example uses 85 as a placeholder Modify the line containing a linebreak has been inserted to improve readability DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb and add the necessary options make sure that everything is in a single line DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb o devgid 85 devmode 664 Debian Etch has the mount command in etc init d mountkernfs sh Since that distribution has no group usb it is also the easiest solution to allow all members of the group vboxusers to access the USB subsystem Modify the line domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev so that it contains domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev devgid 85 devmode 664 As usual replace the 85 with the actual group number which should get access to USB devices Other distributions do similar operations in scripts s
195. hus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 0 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE S
196. ical Ethernet adapter into promiscuous mode so that it will receive network data for all bridged connections 6 7 Host Interface Networking on Mac OS X hosts On Mac OS X configuring Host Interface Networking is extremely simple All you need to do is to open the Settings dialog of a virtual machine go to the Network page and select Host Interface in the drop down list for the Attached to field Finally select desired host interface from the list at the bottom of the page which contains the physical network interfaces of your systems On a typical MacBook for example this will allow you to select between en1 AirPort which is the wireless interface and eno Ethernet which represents the interface with a network cable 77 6 Virtual networking Note Functionality is limited when using AirPort the Mac s wireless net working for Host Interface Networking Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over AirPort For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface 6 8 Host Interface Networking and bridging on Linux hosts Before you proceed please read chapter 6 5 Introduction to Host Interface Networking HIF page 76 Note There were some changes to the way dynamic host interface config uration is done in VirtualBox 1 4 0 due to changes in Linux kernel versions 2 6 18 and later Also this entire section of the manual was rewritten for Virtual 1 4 0 Please r
197. ically on Linux ie do not fail when ALSA is not present VRDP support additional RDP clients SunRay WinConnect Mac OS X VRDP fixed issues when client color depth is higher than server color depth VRDP make PAM authentication service name configurable VRDP increased stack size to deal with stack consuming PAM library calls Additions various fixes and enhancements to clipboard handling Windows Additions fixed issues with Additions on NT 4 guests Windows Additions added support for 8 bit video modes Windows Additions allow specifying custom resolutions for secondary screens Windows Additions several fixes and improvements for DirectDraw Windows Additions improved the mouse filter driver compatibility with other mouse drivers Linux Additions several fixes and enhancements to Shared Folders Linux Additions added support for X org Server 1 4 Shared folders fixed MS Powerpoint access issues Linux host API fixed RPC_E CHANGED MODE startup error on Windows hosts API fixed SMP race condition on Linux hosts API fixed stability issues on Windows hosts in low memory conditions 12 12 Version 1 5 0 2007 08 31 As major new features Version 1 5 adds Seamless windows see chapter 4 7 Seamless windows page 63 Virtual serial ports see chapter 3 7 6 Serial ports page 50 Support for 64 bit Windows hosts see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 Intel PXE 2 1 network boot Guest Additions for IBM
198. ication source of choice x return VRDPAuthAccessGranted A note regarding the UUID implementation of the first argument VirtualBox uses a consistent binary representation of UUIDs on all platforms For this reason the integer fields comprising the UUID are stored as little endian values If you want to pass such UUIDs to code which assumes that the integer fields are big endian often also called network byte order you need to adjust the contents of the UUID to e g achieve the same string representation The required changes are e reverse the order of byte 0 1 2 and 3 e reverse the order of byte 4 and 5 e reverse the order of byte 6 and 7 Using this conversion you will get identical results when converting the binary UUID to the string representation The second arguments contains information about the guest authentication status For the first call it is always set to VRDPAuthGuestNotAsked In case the function returns VRDPAuthDelegateToGuest a guest authentication will be attempted and another call to the method is made with its result This can be either granted de nied or no judgement the guest component chose for whatever reason to not make a decision In case there is a problem with the guest authentication module e g 120 9 Advanced topics the Additions are not installed or not running or the guest did not respond within a timeout the not reacted status will be returned 9 4 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL
199. icense obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain Special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so th
200. ide its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 186 14 Third party licenses a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third pa
201. iled objects Linux Additions better compatibility with older glibc versions Linux Additions when uninstalling only delete the files we put there during installation don t remove the directory recursively to prevent unwanted data loss Linux Installer added support for Slackware Linux Additions added support for Linux 2 4 28 to 2 4 34 VRDP fixed sporadic disconnects with MS RDP clients VRDP fixed race condition during resolution resize leading to rare crashes 12 17 Version 1 3 2 2007 01 15 General added experimental support for Windows Vista as a host General added support for Windows Vista as a guest GUI numerous improvements including a redesigned media manager BIOS added DMI information for recent Linux kernels VMM experimental support for AMD SVM hardware virtualization extensions 168 12 Change log VMM significant performance improvements for Linux 2 6 guests VMM performance improvements for Windows guests Network fixed issues with DOS guests Network fixed creation of more than one host interface during process lifetime on Windows VBoxManage added support for compacting VDI files requires zeroing freespace in the guest API startup even when a VM configuration file is inaccessible or corrupted API faster startup using lazy media access checking Linux Additions fixed several installation issues and added better error checks Linux Additions added support for X org 7 1 Installer added packag
202. ilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and cond
203. images may automatically be created see chapter 3 4 4 Snapshots page 40 for details The Virtual Disk Manager allows you to e create new hard disk images using the New button this will bring up the Create Disk Image wizard already described in chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 42 3 Starting out with VirtualBox e import existing VDI or VMDK files from your hard drive into VirtualBox using the Add button e remove an image from the registry and optionally delete the image file when doing so e release an image that is detach it from a virtual machine if it is currently attached to one as a virtual hard disk We recommend that you maintain two special folders on your system for keeping images one for hard disk image files which can in the case of dynamically expand ing images grow to considerable sizes and one for ISO files which were probably downloaded from the Internet Hard disk image files can be copied onto other host systems and imported into virtual machines there although certain guest systems notably Windows 2000 and XP will require that the new virtual machine be set up in a similar way to the old one Note Do not simply make copies of virtual disk images If you import such a second copy into a virtual machine VirtualBox will complain with an error since VirtualBox assigns a unique identifier UUID to each disk image to make sure itis only used once See chapt
204. in the Settings dialog of the VirtualBox main window but since that dialog is disabled while the VM is in running or saved state this extra menu saves you from having to shut down and restart the VM every time you want to change media Hence in the Devices menu VirtualBox allows you to attach the host drive to the guest or select a floppy or DVD image using the Disk Image Manager all as described in chapter 3 3 Basics of virtual machine configuration page 34 3 4 3 Saving the state of the machine When you click on the Close button of your virtual machine window at the top right of the window just like you would close any other window on your system or press the Host key together with Q VirtualBox asks you whether you want to save or power off the VM 39 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Close Virtual Machine wi You want to He Save the machine state Send the shutdown signal F Power off the machine Help OK Cancel The difference between these two options is crucial They mean e Save the machine state With this option VirtualBox freezes the virtual ma chine by completely saving its state to your local disk When you later resume the VM by again clicking the Start button in the VirtualBox main window you will find that the VM continues exactly where it was left off All your programs will still be open and your computer resumes
205. indows Vista guests 134 Contents 11 2 5 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load 134 11 2 Linux Guests eo o aba eee ede ead gana 3 ESSE TRA 134 11 3 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load 134 11 3 2 AMD Barcelona CPUS p suom RR m moms 134 11 4 Windows hosts 2222222999 999399923335 3 p 9T HES 135 11 4 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues 135 11 4 2 CD DVD changes not recognized o o 135 11 4 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client 135 11 4 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system 136 ILS Impe aee 2020 02 kok Slee 99 35208 94 236 RR RE ORO he on Oe See 136 11 5 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load 136 11 5 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found 2c dc 137 11 5 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions 137 11 5 4 Linux host floppy not found s sss sea secs ooo o 137 11 5 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD 137 11 5 6 VBoxSVG IPC ISSUES ae ra Ro hw A 138 11 5 7 USB not working 2 4 cs 9 Bor ER RR Rs 138 11 5 9 PAX orsetc kernels o os asua odor om som Ro RR e 139 11 5 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted 140 12 Change log 141 12 1 Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 4s RR ERR AG 141 12 2 Version 2 0 4 2008 10 24 gt o cc ce o RR aaa ws 142 12 3 Version 2 0 2 2008 09 12 144 12 4 Version 2 0 0 20
206. irtual machines As a result after installation Vista guests initially have no networking VirtualBox therefore ships a driver for that card with the Windows Guest Additions see chapter 4 2 4 Windows Vista networking page 57 Starting with version 1 6 0 VirtualBox can emulate an Intel E1000 network device which is supported by Vista without any third party drivers 11 2 5 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load Several background applications of Windows guests especially virus scanners are known to increases the CPU load notably even if the guest appears to be idle We recommend to deactivate virus scanners within virtualized guests if possible 11 3 Linux guests 11 3 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load Some Linux guests may cause a high CPU load even if the guest system appears to be idle This can be caused by a high timer frequency of the guest kernel Some Linux distributions for example Fedora ship a Linux kernel configured for a timer frequency of 1000Hz We recommend to recompile the guest kernel and to select a timer frequency of 100Hz 11 3 2 AMD Barcelona CPUs Most Linux based guests will fail with AMD Phenoms or Barcelona level Opterons due to a bug in the Linux kernel Enable the I O APIC to work around the problem see chapter 3 7 1 2 Advanced tab page 45 134 11 Troubleshooting 11 4 Windows hosts 11 4 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues VirtualBox makes use of the Microsoft Component
207. irtualBox down things like the configuration of a virtual machine and the software that has been installed into it 3 7 1 4 Other settings Remember mounted media at runtime If this is checked VirtualBox will save the state of what media has been mounted between several runs of a virtual machine BIOS logo customization By default when the virtual machine starts up VirtualBox displays a VirtualBox logo With VBoxManage you can change this logo to one of your choice This setting can only be customized via VBoxManage see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 3 7 2 Hard disks In the VM Settings window the Hard Disks section allows you to connect virtual hard disk images to your virtual machine Windows Vista III Settings amp General Hard Disks 3 CD DVD ROM Hard Disks B Floppy Enable SATA Controller qe Audio Hard Disks Attachments Network Slot Hard Disk S 9 Serial Ports Windows Vista 3 vdi mnt innotek u EY 9 USB Shared Folders E Remote Display Double click to add a new attachment Lists all hard disks attached to this machine Use a mouse double click or the F2 Space key on the highlighted item to activate the drop down ist and choose the desired value Use the context menu or buttons to the right to add or remove hard disk attachments Help OK Cancel 4 As with a real PC VirtualBox by default offers you two IDE c
208. it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights 185 14 Third party licenses We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software I
209. ith other virtual machines using internal networking intnet These options corre spond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 73 e nictype 1 N Am79C970A Am79C973 82540EM This allows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify which networking hardware VirtualBox presents to the guest see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 72 e cableconnected 1 N on off This allows you to temporarily disconnect a virtual network interface as if a network cable had been pulled from a real network card This might be useful for resetting certain software components in the VM e With the nictrace options you can optionally trace network traffic for debug ging purposes With nictrace 1 N on off you can enable network tracing for a particular virtual network card If enabled you must specify with nictracefile 1 N filename what file the trace should be logged to e hostifdev 1 N none devicename If host interface networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host interface the given virtual network interface will use For Windows hosts this should be the name of a VirtualBox host interface which you have created using the createhostif command For Linux hosts this should be the name of an existing static interfa
210. ith updated versions Alternatively you may also open the Windows Device Manager and select Update driver for two devices 1 the VirtualBox Graphics Adapter and 2 the VirtualBox System Device For each choose to provide your own driver and use Have Disk to point the wizard to the CD ROM drive with the Guest Additions 4 2 3 Unattended Installation In order to allow for completely unattended guest installations of Windows 2000 and XP the Guest Additions driver files have been put separately on the Additions ISO file Just like with other third party drivers the files have to be copied to the OEM directory of Windows Using the PCI hardware detection they will then be recognized and installed automatically 4 2 4 Windows Vista networking Windows Vista no longer ships a driver for the AMD PCnet Ethernet card that VirtualBox provides to the guest by default see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hard ware page 72 As a result after installation of Vista in a virtual machine there will be no networking initially As a convenience VirtualBox ships with a 32 bit driver for the AMD PCnet card which comes with the Windows Guest Additions If you install these in a 32 bit Vista guest the driver will automatically be installed as well If for some reason you would like to install the driver manually you can find it on the Guest Additions ISO To install this driver mount the Guest Additions ISO as described above s
211. itions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein 196 14 Third party licenses You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of
212. itions will make your life much easier by providing closer integration between host and guest and improving the interactive performance of guest systems This chapter describes the Guest Additions in detail 4 1 Introduction As said in chapter 1 1 Virtualization basics page 8 the Guest Additions are designed to be installed inside a virtual machine They consist of device drivers and system appli cations for the guest operating system that optimize the guest for better performance and usability The VirtualBox Guest Additions for all supported guest operating systems are pro vided as a single CD ROM image file which is called VBoxGuestAdditions iso To install the Guest Additions for a particular VM you mount this ISO file in your VM as a virtual CD ROM and install from there Please see chapter 1 5 Supported guest operating systems page 14 for details on what guest operating systems are fully supported with Guest Additions by VirtualBox The Guest Additions offer the following features Mouse pointer integration To overcome the limitations for mouse support that were described in chapter 3 4 1 1 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 37 this provides you with seamless mouse support Essentially a special mouse driver is installed in the guest that communicates with the real mouse driver on your host and moves the guest mouse pointer accordingly You will only have one mouse pointer and pressing the Host key is no longer
213. kernel module before compiling a new one Linux host compatibility fixes with Linux 2 6 24 Linux host script fixes for ArchLinux Linux host load correct HAL library to determine DVD floppy libhal so 1 not libhal so Linux host make sure the tun kernel module is loaded before initializing static TAP interfaces Windows additions fixed hang during HGCM communication Windows additions fixed delay when shutting down the guest Linux additions added sendfile support to allow HTTP servers to send files on shared folders Linux additions make additions work with Fedora 8 SELinux policy added Linux additions sometimes ARGB pointers were displayed incorrectly Linux additions several small script fixes 12 11 Version 1 5 2 2007 10 18 This version is a maintenance release and mainly addresses issues discovered in VirtualBox 1 5 0 and improves compatibility with new guest and host OS revisions Windows Installer fixed installation on Windows 2000 hosts Windows Installer proper warning when installing a 32 bit VirtualBox version on 64 bit Windows and vice versa Linux Installer no longer require license acceptance during install instead at first GUI startup addresses issues with hanging installer on Debian based distri butions GUI added user registration dialog GUI fixed crashes on 64 bit Linux hosts GUI several fixes and improvements to seamless mode 157 GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 12 Change log
214. known UUID 1bf3464d 57c6 4d49 92a9 a5cc3816b7e7 home username VirtualBox Machines Windows XP Windows XP xml 128MB Config file Memory size VRAM size Boot menu mode ACPI 8MB message and menu on IOAPIC off Hardw virt ext off State powered off Floppy empty DVD empty NIC 1 disabled NIC 2 disabled NIC 3 disabled NIC 4 disabled Audio disabled Driver Unknown VRDP disabled USB disabled USB Device Filters none Shared folders none 8 3 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm The registervm command allows you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into VirtualBox There are some restrictions here the machine must not conflict with one already registered in VirtualBox and it may not have any hard or removable disks attached It is advisable to place the definition file in the machines folder before registering it Note When creating a new virtual machine with VBoxManage createvm see below you can directly specify the register option to avoid having to register it separately 103 8 VBoxManage reference The unregistervm command unregisters a virtual machine If delete is also specified then the XML definition file will be deleted 8 4 VBoxManage createvm This command creates a new XML virtual machine definition file The name lt name gt parameter is required and must specify the name of the machine Since this name is used by default as the fil
215. ks as though the service being proxied is actually running on the host note that this also means that you cannot run the same service on the same ports on the host However you still gain the advantages of running the service in a virtual machine for example services on the host machine or on other virtual machines cannot be compromised or crashed by a vulnerability or a bug in the service and the service can run in a different operating system to the host system You can set up a guest service which you wish to proxy using the command line tool VBoxManage You will need to know which ports on the guest the service uses and to decide which ports to use on the host often but not always you will want to use the same ports on the guest and on the host You can use any ports on the host which are not already in use by a service An example of how to set up incoming NAT connections to a ssh server on the guest requires the following three commands VBoxManage setextradata Linux Guest VBoxInternal Devices pcnet 0 LUN 0 Config guestssh Protocol TCP VBoxManage setextradata Linux Guest VBoxInternal Devices pcnet 0 LUN 0 Config guestssh GuestPort 22 VBoxManage setextradata Linux Guest VBoxInternal Devices pcnet 0 LUN 0 Config guestssh HostPort 2222 74 6 Virtual networking The above example assumes a PCNet virtual network card if you have configured the guest to use the Intel PRO 1000 replace penet with e1000 in the ab
216. le to determine its own boot disk as the UUID changed In this case you have to adapt the disk ID in your boot loader script for example boot grub menu lst The disk ID looks like SCSi SATA VBOX HARDDISK VB5cfdble2 c251e503 The ID for the copied image can be determined with hdparm i dev sda 5 4 VMDK image files Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox also supports the popular and open VMDK con tainer format that is now supported by a large number of virtualization products This means you can import your existing VMDK files by way of the Virtual Disk Manager just like existing VDI images see chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 While VirtualBox fully supports using VMDK files in most situations the more advanced features of virtual hard disks are presently not supported In detail with VMDK images e you presently cannot create snapshots e only write through images are supported immutable and normal hard disk are not These restrictions will be overcome in a future release Creating VMDKs giving raw disk or raw partition access is already implemented see chapter 9 9 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest page 124 5 5 SCSI servers iSCSI stands for Internet SCSI and is a standard that allows for using the SCSI protocol over Internet TCP IP connections Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer netw
217. les manually VirtualBox provides complete access to its configuration data through its the VBoxManage command line tool see chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 and its API see chapter 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 130 In the configuration directory VirtualBox xml is the main configuration file This includes global configuration options and the media and virtual machine reg istry The media registry links to all CD DVD floppy and disk images that have been added to the Virtual Disk Manager For each registered VM there is one entry which points to the VM configuration file also in XML format You can globally change some of the locations where VirtualBox keeps extra config uration and data by selecting Global settings from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Then in the window that pops up click on the General tab e Virtual machine settings and files are by default saved as XML files in a subdi rectory ofthe VirtualBox Machines directory You can change the location of this main Machines folder in the Global settings dialog By default for each virtual machine VirtualBox uses another subdirectory of the Machines directory that carries the same name as the virtual ma chine As a result your virtual machine names must conform to the con ventions of your operating system for valid file names For example a 117 9 Advanced topics machine called F
218. llation routine of your guest operating system 7 4 3 Remote USB As a special feature on top of the VRDP support VirtualBox supports remote USB devices over the wire as well That is the VirtualBox guest that runs on one computer can access the USB devices of the remote computer on which the RDP data is being displayed the same way as USB devices that are connected to the actual host This allows for running virtual machines on a VirtualBox host that acts as a server where a client can connect from elsewhere that needs only a network adapter and a display capable of running an RDP viewer When USB devices are plugged into the client the remote VirtualBox server can access them For these remote USB devices the same filter rules apply as for other USB devices as described with chapter 3 7 7 1 USB settings page 51 All you have to do is specify Remote or Any when setting up these rules Accessing remote USB devices is only possible if the RDP client supports this exten sion VirtualBox includes a suitable RDP client for Linux rdesktop vrdp Further RDP clients running on other platforms will be provided in future VirtualBox versions 7 4 4 RDP authentication For each virtual machine that is remotely accessible via RDP you can individually determine if and how RDP connections are authenticated For this use VBoxManage modifyvm command with the vrdpauthtype op tion see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 for a general int
219. lls to shield an internal network from the Internet VirtualBox can use NAT to easily share a host s physical networking hardware with its virtual machines See chapter 6 4 Network Address Translation NAT page 73 P PAE Physical Address Extension This allows accessing more than 4 GB of RAM even in 32 bit environments see chapter 3 7 1 2 Advanced tab page 45 PIC See APIC PXE Preboot Execution Environment an industry standard for booting PC systems from remote network locations It includes DHCP for IP configuraiton and TFTP for file transfer Using UNDI a hardware independent driver stack for accessing the network card from bootstrap code is available R RDP Remote Desktop Protocol a protocol developed by Microsoft as an extension to the ITU T 128 and T 124 video conferencing protocol With RDP a PC sys tem can be controlled from a remote location using a network connection over which data is transferred in both directions Typically graphics updates and au dio are sent from the remote machine and keyboard and mouse input events are sent from the client VirtualBox contains an enhanced implementation of the relevant standards called VirtualBox RDP VRDP which is largely compatible with Microsoft s RDP implementation See chapter 7 4 Remote virtual machines VRDP support page 92 for details S SATA Serial ATA an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI
220. lly feasible so in most cases VBoxSDL will chose the next higher resolution e g 1280 x 1024 and the guest s screen will not cover the whole display surface If VBoxSDL is unable to choose a higher resolution the secure label will be painted on top of the guest s screen surface In order to address the problem of the bottom part of the guest screen being hidden VBoxSDL can provide custom video modes to the guest that are reduced by the height of the label For Windows guests and recent Solaris and Linux guests the VirtualBox Guest Additions automatically provide the reduced video modes Additionally the VESA BIOS has been adjusted to duplicate its standard mode table with adjusted resolutions The adjusted mode IDs can be calculated using the following formula reduced modeid modeid 0x30 For example in order to start Linux with 1024 x 748 x 16 the standard mode 0x117 1024 x 768 x 16 is used as a base The Linux video mode kernel parameter can then be calculated using 0x200 Ox117 0x30 839 vga vga 121 9 Advanced topics The reason for duplicating the standard modes instead of only supplying the ad justed modes is that most guest operating systems require the standard VESA modes to be fixed and refuse to start with different modes When using the X org VESA driver custom modelines have to be calculated and added to the configuration usually in etc X11 xorg conf A handy tool to determine modeline entries can be foun
221. lt arg gt as one of the following options disconnected Even though the serial port is shown to the guest it has no other end like a real COM port without a cable server lt pipename gt On a Windows host this tells VirtualBox to create a named pipe on the host named lt pipename gt and connect the virtual serial device to it Note that Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begin with pipe On a Linux host instead of a named pipe a local domain socket is used client lt pipename gt This operates just like server except that the pipe or local domain socket is not created by VirtualBox but assumed to exist already lt devicename gt If instead of the above the device name of a physical hardware serial port of the host is specified the virtual serial port is con nected to that hardware port On a Windows host the device name will be a COM port such as COM1 on a Linux host the device name will look like dev ttySO This allows you to wire a real serial port to a virtual machine e audio none null oss With this option you can set whether the VM should have audio support e clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this setting you can select whether the guest operating system s clipboard should be shared with the host see chapter 3 7 1 General settings page 44 This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine e vrdp on off
222. lt vm gt poweroff has the same effect on a virtual machine as pulling the power cable on a real computer Again the state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the VM menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Power off the machine in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Powered off From there it can be started again see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage startvm page 109 e VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt savestate will save the current state of the VM to disk and then stop the VM This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the VM menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Save the machine state in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Saved From there it can be started again see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage startvm page 109 A few extra options are available with cont rolvm that do not directly affect the VM s running state e The setlinkstate lt 1 4 gt operation connects or disconnects virtual network cables from their network interfaces e usbattach and usbdettach make host USB devices visible to the virtual ma chine on the fly without the need for creating filters first The USB devices can be specified by UUID unique identifier or by address on the host system You can use VBoxManage list usbhost to locate this information e
223. m Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the 201 14 Third party licenses party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file c Representations Contributor represen
224. mation this will remove VirtualBox from your system To uninstall the VirtualBox kernel interface module execute pkgrm SUNWvboxkern 2 4 4 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox we have provided a response file named autoresponse that the installer will use for responses to inputs rather than ask them from you Extract the tar gz package as described in the normal installation Then open a root terminal session and execute pkgadd d VirtualBox 2 0 6 SunOS x86 n a autoresponse SUNWvbox To perform a non interactive uninstallation open a root terminal session and exe cute pkgrm n a opt VirtualBox autoresponse SUNWvbox 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox Starting with VirtualBox 1 6 it is possible to run VirtualBox from within Solaris zones For an introduction of Solaris zones please refer to http www sun com bigadmin features articles solaris zones Jjsp Assuming that VirtualBox has already been installed into your zone you need to give the zone access to VirtualBox s device node This is done by performing the following steps Start a root terminal and execute zonecfg z vboxzone 27 2 Installation Inside the zonecfg prompt add the device resource and mat ch properties to the zone Here s how it can be done zonecfg zonecfg zonecfg zonecfg vboxzone add device vboxzone device set match dev vboxdrv vboxzone device end vboxzone verify z
225. mited feature set see chapter 13 Known issues page 181 for details The OS 2 Guest Additions are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as those for the other platforms As a result mount the ISO in OS 2 as described previously The OS 2 Guest Additions are located in the directory 32bit OS2 We do not provide an automatic installer at this time In that directory a file called readme txt describes how to install the OS 2 Guest Additions manually 4 6 Folder sharing Shared folders allow you to access files of your host system from within the guest system much like ordinary shares on Windows networks would except that shared folders do not need a networking setup Shared folders must physically reside on the host and are then shared with the guest sharing is accomplished using a special service on the host and a file system driver for the guest both of which are provided by VirtualBox In order to use this feature the VirtualBox Guest Additions have to be installed Note however that Shared Folders are only supported with Windows 2000 or newer guests and Linux guests To share a host folder with a virtual machine in VirtualBox you must specify the path of that folder and choose for it a share name that the guest can use to access it Hence first create the shared folder on the host then within the guest connect to it There are several ways in which shared folders can be set up for a particular virtual machine e In the graphi
226. n 2 6 18 and some 2 6 17 versions introduced a race condition that can cause boot crashes in VirtualBox if you must use a kernel gt 2 6 17 we advise to use 2 6 19 or later Guest Additions are available Solaris 10 OpenSolaris Fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set FreeBSD Limited support Guest Additions are not available yet OpenBSD Versions 3 7 and 3 8 are supported Guest Additions are not available yet OS 2 Warp 4 5 Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled We officially support MCP2 only other OS 2 versions may or may not work Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set 1 6 64 bit guests Starting with Version 2 0 VirtualBox also supports 64 bit guest operating systems under the following conditions 1 You need a 64 bit processor with hardware virtualization support see chapter 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V page 10 and a 64 bit host operating system 2 You must run a 64 bit version of VirtualBox on that OS Windows Vista Linux or OpenSolaris This can then run both 32 bit and 64 bit VMs a 32 bit VirtualBox can only run 32 bit VMs regardless of the hardware 3 You must enable hardware virtualization software virtualization is not sup ported for 64 bit VMs gt See chapter 13 Known issues page 181 See chapter 13 Known issues page 181 15 1 Introduction Note On most systems the
227. n met for that Cov ered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You dis tribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor If you distribute executable versions containing Covered Code as part of a product you must reproduce the notice in Exhibit B in the documentation and or other materials provided with the product 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 3 8 Restrictions You may not remove any product identification copyright propri etary notices or labels from gSOAP 4 INABILITY TO COMPLY DUE TO STATUTE OR REGULATION If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order
228. n will either revert the current state to the most recent snapshot if you specify the state option or discard the last snapshot and revert to the last but one with the a11 option 8 10 VBoxManage registerimage unregisterimage These commands register or unregister hard disk DVD or floppy images in VirtualBox This is the command line equivalent of the Virtual Disk Manager see chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 for more information Note however that when you unregister a hard disk image using VBoxManage it will not be deleted from the host computer s hard drive 8 11 VBoxManage showvdiinfo This command shows information about a virtual hard disk image notably its size its size on disk its type and the VM it is in use by 8 12 VBoxManage createvdi This command creates a new virtual hard disk image You must specify the filename for the new image and the virtual size If you give the static option disk space for the whole image will be allocated at once on the host With the comment option you can attach a comment to the image The register option if given tells VirtualBox to register the image for use with virtual machines You can use the type option to create a disk in write through mode which will not be affected by snapshots see chapter 5 2 Virtual Disk Image VDD files page 67 111 8 VBoxManage reference for details As described there you cannot create a VDI with the immutable type as
229. natively you can use the VBoxManage command line tool in this example we are attaching the interface to the first network card of the virtual machine My VM VBoxManage modifyvm My VM hostifdevl vbox0 To set up a host interface using Debian and Ubuntu s native methods do the following instead of step 4 above 1 First install the User Mode Linux utilities package uml utilities which contains tools to create TAP interfaces You can do this from the command line as follows sudo apt get install uml utilities 80 6 Virtual networking In order for VirtualBox to be able to access the interface the user who will be running the virtual machine must be added to the group um1 net for example with the following command replace lt user gt with your user name sudo gpasswd a user uml net You will have to log in again for the change to take effect 2 To describe the TAP interface to your Debian or Ubuntu system add an entry to the file etc network interfaces This names the the interface and must also specify the user who will be running the virtual machine using the interface The following sample entry creates the interface tap0 for the user user again replace with your user name auto tap0 iface tap0 inet manual up ifconfig SIFACE 0 0 0 0 up down ifconfig IFACE down tunctl_user lt user gt You will probably want to change the entry based on your networking needs The file usr share doc uml utiliti
230. nd on Windows dsound GUI improved error messages if the kernel module is not accessible GUI never fail to start the GUI if the kernel module is not accessible VMM fixed occasional crashes when shutting down Windows TAP device VMM fixed issues with IBM s 1 4 2 JVM in Linux guests VRDP fixed color encoding with 24bpp BIOS zero main memory on reboot BIOS added release logging USB fixed parsing of certain devices to prevent VBoxSVC crashes USB properly wakeup suspended ports USB fixed a problem with unplugged USB devices during suspend 165 12 Change log Audio fixed crashes on Vista hosts NAT allow configuration of incoming connections aka port mapping Network hard reset network device on reboot iSCSI fixed a hang of unpaused VMs accessing unresponsive iSCSI disks Linux Additions support Xorg 7 2 x Linux Additions fixed default video mode if all other modes are invalid Linux Additions set default DPI to 100 100 Linux Additions fixed initialization of video driver on X server reset 12 15 Version 1 3 6 2007 02 20 Windows installer perform installation for all users instead of just the current user old behavior still available Linux installer fixed license display to not block installation Linux installer added RPM for openSUSE 10 2 GUI fixed problems with several keyboard layouts on Linux hosts GUI added online help on Linux hosts using kchmviewer GUI fixed handle leak on Windows hosts Graphic
231. nection We will create a virtual machine establish a VRDP connection and install a guest operating system all without having to touch the headless server All you need is the following 93 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines VirtualBox on a server machine with a supported host operating system for the following example we will assume a Linux server an ISO file on the server containing the installation data for the guest operating system to install we will assume Windows XP in the following example a terminal connection to that host over which you can access a command line e g via telnet or ssh an RDP viewer on the remote client on a Linux client you could use rdesktop to connect from a Windows machine you could use the RDP viewer that comes with Windows usually found in Accessories gt Communication gt Remote Desktop Connection Note again that on the server machine since we will only use the headless server neither Qt nor SDL nor the X Window system will be needed 1 On the headless server create a new virtual machine VBoxManage createvm name Windows XP register Note that if you do not specify register you will have to manually use the registervm command later Make sure the settings for this VM are appropriate for the guest operating system that we will install For example VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 256MB acpi on boo
232. nects to the server determines what type of encryption will be used with rdesktop the Linux RDP viewer use the 4 or 5 options 7 4 6 VRDP multiple connections The VirtualBox built in RDP server supports simultaneous connections to the same running VM from different clients All connected clients see the same screen output and share a mouse pointer and keyboard focus This is similar to several people using the same computer at the same time taking turns at the keyboard The following command enables multiple connection mode VBoxManage modifyvm VMNAME vrdpmulticon on If the guest uses multiple monitors then multiple connection mode must be active in order to use them at the same time see chapter 9 6 Multiple monitors for the guest page 122 97 8 VBoxManage reference When running VBoxManage without parameters or when supplying an invalid com mand line the below syntax diagram will be shown Note that the output will be slightly different depending on the host platform when in doubt check the output of VBoxManage for the commands available on your particular host Usage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage v version nologo convertSettings convertSettingsBackup convertSettingsIgnore list showvminfo registervm unregistervm createvm modifyvm print version number and exit suppr
233. ng network bridging for the different host operating systems that VirtualBox sup ports For more advanced networking needs we recommend that you consult general documentation about networking on your host operating system Network bridging is one of the simplest ways to use Host Interface Networking Bridging allows you to connect several network devices together in software so that data sent to one of the devices will be sent to all of them For our purposes this means that virtual machines can send packages through the host s network card using their own network hardware address and receive packages sent to it Other computers on your network will see your guests as though they were physically connected to the network You will need wired Ethernet network hardware on the host for this as most current wireless network devices do not support bridging In some network environments often company networks measures are taken to prevent several MAC addresses being used on a single network interface by temporar 76 6 Virtual networking ily blocking communication to that interface This is intended to prevent certain types of network attacks but will also prevent bridging setups from working correctly 6 6 Host Interface Networking and bridging on Windows hosts When you install VirtualBox on a Windows host the setup program installs a special networking driver on your system This driver the VirtualBox Host Interface NDIS driver can be
234. nt a guest operating system from functioning correctly if done after installation Note The Settings button is disabled while a VM is either in the running or saved state This is simply because the settings dialog allows you to change fundamental characteristics of the virtual computer that is created for your guest operating system and this operating system may not take it well when for example half of its memory is taken away from under its feet As a result if the Settings button is disabled shut down the current VM first VirtualBox provides a plethora of parameters that can be changed for a virtual ma chine The various settings that can be changed in the Settings window are described in detail in chapter 3 7 Virtual machine settings page 43 Even more parameters are available with the command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage reference page 98 For now if you have just created an empty VM you will probably be most interested in the settings presented by the CD DVD ROM section if want to make a CD ROM or a DVD ROM available the first time you start it in order to install your guest operating system For this you have two options e If you have actual CD or DVD media from which you want to install your guest operating system e g in the case of a Windows installation CD or DVD put the media into your host s CD or DVD drive Then in the settings dialog go to the
235. ntinue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape No one other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code created under this License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrases Mozilla MOZILLAPL MOZPL Netscape MPL NPL or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license 203 14 Third party licenses contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGING THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE IS WI
236. o connect a vir tual machine directly to an iSCSI storage server without going through the host system The VM accesses the iSCSI target directly without the extra overhead that is required for virtualizing hard disks in container files For details see chapter 5 5 iSCSI servers page 69 PXE Network boot The integrated virtual network cards of VirtualBox fully support remote booting via the Preboot Execution Environment PXE e Multigeneration snapshots VirtualBox can save successive snapshots of the state of the virtual machine You can revert the virtual machine to the state of any of the snapshots For details see chapter 3 4 4 Snapshots page 40 e VRDP remote access You can run any virtual machine in a special VirtualBox program that acts as a server for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP With this unique feature VirtualBox provides high performance remote access to any virtual machine A custom RDP server has been built directly into the virtualization layer and offers unprecedented performance and feature rich ness VRDP support is described in detail in chapter 7 4 Remote virtual machines VRDP support page 92 On top of this special capacity VirtualBox offers you more unique features Extensible RDP authentication VirtualBox already supports Winlogon on Windows and PAM on Linux for RDP authentication In addition it includes an easy to use SDK which allows you to create arbitrary interfaces for oth
237. o crash the system Windows hosts installer now contains web service examples mentioned in the manual Linux hosts properly deregister the Linux kernel module before uninstalling a Linux deb rpm package Linux hosts kernel module works now with Linux 2 6 27 Linux hosts fixed a typo in the vboxnet setup script for host network interfaces bug 1714 Linux hosts fixed usage of tar in installer bug 1767 Linux hosts fixed long guest shutdown time when serial port is enabled Solaris hosts refuse to install in Sun xVM hypervisor domO Solaris hosts accept Solaris raw disks when for raw disk access Windows additions made installation of shared folders more robust Windows additions improved installation Linux additions accept every user defined guest video mode in etc X11 xorg conf Linux additions fixed startup order for recent Linux distributions e g open SUSE 11 149 12 Change log 12 7 Version 1 6 2 2008 05 28 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI fixed a bug which prevented to add more than one SATA drive from the GUI GUI fixed a regression introduced in 1 6 0 the fullscreen mode was left on every guest video mode switch GUI fixed several minor issues Networking fixed a host interface networking regression introduced in 1 6 0 VMM fixed starting of VMs with AMD V enabled VMM massive performance enhancements for AMD V VMM stability improvements for AMD V
238. o create and delete permanent host in terfaces which will automatically be recreated every time you boot your host com puter and optionally add them to an existing bridge We also provide a utility called VBoxTunct1 which you can use to create a temporary interface These tools are de scribed in chapter 6 8 1 5 Host Interface Networking utilities for Linux page 85 Even if you use plan to use host interfaces to create other networking setups than what we describe here we recommend that you read the following instructions in order to get an understanding of how the interfaces work Some distributions such as Debian and Ubuntu have built in tools to create host interfaces you may also use those tools on those distributions 6 8 1 1 Debian and Ubuntu hosts To set up a permanent host interface on a modern Debian or Ubuntu host follow these steps 1 First install the bridge utilities oridge utils package You can do this from the command line as follows sudo apt get install bridge utils 2 Next you must add an entry to the file etc network interfaces to de scribe the bridge The following sample entry creates a bridge called bro adds the host ethernet interface eth0 to it and tells it to obtain an IP address using DHCP so that the host remains able to access the network TA useful introduction to bridging can be found here ht tp gentoo wiki com HOWTO_setup_a_ gentoo_bridge While this is targeted at a Gentoo system
239. o set VBOX_CDROM to contain a list of your CD DVD devices separated by colons for example as follows export VBOX_CDROM dev cdrom0 dev cdroml On modern Linux distributions VirtualBox uses the hardware abstraction layer hal to locate CD and DVD hardware 11 5 4 Linux host floppy not found The previous instructions for CD and DVD drives apply accordingly to floppy disks except that on older distributions VirtualBox tests for dev fd devices by default and this can be overridden with the VBOX FLOPPY environment variable 11 5 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD If the experimental CD DVD writer support is enabled with an incorrect VirtualBox host or guest configuration it is possible that any attempt to access the CD DVD writer fails and simply results in guest kernel error messages for Linux guests or applica tion error messages for Windows guests VirtualBox performs the usual consistency checks when a VM is powered up in particular it aborts with an error message if the 137 11 Troubleshooting device for the CD DVD writer is not writable by the user starting the VM but it can not detect all misconfigurations The necessary host and guest OS configuration is not specific for VirtualBox but a few frequent problems are listed here which occurred in connection with VirtualBox Special care must be taken to use the correct device The configured host CD DVD device file name in most cases
240. o the virtual machine VirtualBox supports up to 30 SATA slots numbered 0 29 in the graphical user interface Of these the first four numbered 0 3 in the graphical user interface are operated in IDE compatibility mode by default IDE compatibility mode means just that the BIOS has access to the drives Disks assigned to those slots will operate in full speed AHCI mode once the guest operating system has loaded its AHCI device driver Warning The entire SATA controller and the virtual disks attached to it in cluding those in IDE compatibility mode will only seen by operating systems that have device support for AHCI In particular there is no support for AHCI in Windows before Windows Vista Windows XP even SP2 will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers We therefore do not recommend installing operating systems on SATA disks at this time This now gives you the following categories of virtual hard disk slots 1 three slots attached to the traditional IDE controller which are always present plus one for the virtual CD ROM device slots attached to the new SATA controller provided that your guest operating system can see it these can either be a in IDE compatibility mode by default slots 0 3 or b in SATA mode To change the IDE compatibility mode settings for the SATA controller please see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 66 5 Virtual storage 5 2 Virtual Disk
241. ode was implemented 1 Security In host interface networking mode all traffic goes through an inter face of the host system It is therefore possible to attach a packet sniffer such as Ethereal to the host interface and log all traffic that goes over a given interface If for any reason you prefer two or more VMs on the same machine to commu nicate privately hiding their data from both the host system and the user Host Interface Networking therefore is not an option 2 Speed Internal networking is more efficient than host interface networking as VirtualBox can directly transmit the data without having to send it through the host operating system s networking stack Internal networks are created automatically as needed i e there is no central con figuration Every internal network is identified simply by its name Once there is more than one active virtual network card with the same internal network ID the VirtualBox support driver will automatically wire the cards and act as a network switch The VirtualBox support driver implements a complete Ethernet switch and supports both broadcast multicast frames and promiscuous mode In order to attach a VM s network card to an internal network set its networking mode to internal networking There are two ways to accomplish this e You can use a VM s Settings dialog in the VirtualBox graphical user interface In the Networking category of the settings dialog sel
242. oftware code which is de scribed in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter ac quired including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contributor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b
243. og file is called VBox 1log and resides in the VM log file folder Typically this will be a directory like this SHOME VirtualBox Machines machinename Logs When starting a VM the configuration file of the last run will be renamed to 1 up to 3 Sometimes when there is a problem it is useful to have a look at the logs Also when requesting support for VirtualBox supplying the corresponding log file is mandatory For convenience for each virtual machine the VirtualBox main window can show these logs in a window To access it select a virtual machine from the list on the left and select Show logs from the Machine window 11 1 2 Guest shows IDE errors for VDI on slow host file system Occasionally some host file systems provide very poor writing performance and as a consequence cause the guest to time out IDE commands This is normal behavior and should normally cause no real problems as the guest should repeat commands that have timed out However some guests e g some Linux versions have severe problems if a write to a VDI file takes longer than about 15 seconds Some file systems however require more than a minute to complete a single write if the host cache contains a large amount of data that needs to be written The symptom for this problem is that the guest can no longer access its files during large write or copying operations usually leading to an immediate hang of the guest In order to work around this probl
244. ommend installation of the VirtualBox Guest Addi tions for Linux 4 3 1 Installing the Linux Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Additions for Windows described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process although due to the significant dif ferences between Linux distributions installation may be slightly more complex Installation involves the following steps 1 Before installing the Guest Additions you will have to prepare your guest sys tem for building external kernel modules This is exactly the same process as described in chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 19 except that this step must now be performed in your Linux guest instead of on a Linux host system as described there 2 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Linux guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Mounting the Additions ISO file page 56 3 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root 58 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions sh VBoxLinuxAdditions x86 run In a 64 bit Linux guest use VBoxLinuxAdditions amd64 run instead The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain several different drivers If for any reason you do not wish to install them all you can specify the ones which you wish on the command line for example sh VBoxA
245. on Windows hosts VMM correctly detect AMD CPUs with erratum 170 AMD V VMM detect inconsistent timestamp counters on certain AMD Phenom mother boards Windows host only VMM fixed KVM check Linux hosts only VMM fixed a regression introduced in 1 6 0 Windows stuck during installation XPCOM fixed several races SATA improved performance with Vista guests SATA fixed statistics counter Shared Folders several fixes iTunes download speed up browsing ATA IDE fixed boot from CDROM if a medium was added while the boot menu was active Networking provide an Intel PRO 1000 T Server 82543GC network device emulation which is recognized by Windows XP guests Networking fixes for the E1000 emulation don t crash if not attached fixed a bug in the statistics counter implementation NAT don t crash if the guest sent a DHCPRELEASE message with an invalid IP address NAT fixed ARP reply for the NAT gateway and for the NAT name server if the guest IP range was changed 150 12 Change log Internal Networking fixed shutdown if more than two VMs are connected to the same network BIOS allow to change the DMI information see chapter 9 13 Configuring the BIOS DMI information page 129 RTC fixed UIP emulation to prevent jumping of time in Solaris guests Windows host VirtualBox installation directory corrected for 64 bits Windows Windows host fixed VBoxVRDP exe symlink Windows host solved locking problems in ra
246. on off nictrace 1 N on off nictracefile 1 N lt filename gt nicspeed 1 N lt kbps gt hostifdev 1 N none lt devicename gt intnet 1 N network name natnet 1 N network default macaddress 1 N auto lt mac gt uart 1 N off I O base lt IRO gt uartmode 1 N disconnected server lt pipe gt client lt pipe gt lt devicename gt gueststatisticsinterval lt seconds gt tapsetup 1 N none lt application gt tapterminate 1 N none lt application gt audio none null dsound solaudio oss coreaudio audiocontroller ac97 sb16 clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional vrdp on off vrdpport default port vrdpaddress host vrdpauthtype null external guest vrdpmulticon onloff vrdpreusecon on off usb on off usbehci on off snapshotfolder default lt path gt lt uuid gt lt name gt type guilvrdp lt uuid gt lt name gt pause resume reset poweroff savestate acpipowerbutton acpisleepbutton keyboardputscancode hex lt hex gt l setlinkstate lt 1 4 gt on off usbattach lt uuid gt lt address gt 99 8 VBoxManage reference usbdetach lt uuid gt lt address gt dvdattach none lt uuid gt lt filename gt host lt drive gt floppyattach none lt uuid gt lt filename gt host lt drive gt setvideomodehint lt xres gt lt yres gt lt bpp gt display setcredentials lt username
247. on or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots hese requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If dentifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library nd can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in hemselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those ections when you distribute them as separate works But when you istribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based n the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of his License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the ntire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote hus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest our rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to 193
248. onecfg vboxzone exit Replace vboxzone with the name of the zone in which you intend to run VirtualBox Next reboot the zone using zoneadm and you should be able to run VirtualBox from within the configured zone 28 3 Starting out with VirtualBox As already mentioned in chapter 1 1 Virtualization basics page 8 VirtualBox allows you to run each of your guest operating systems on its own virtual computer system The guest system will run in its virtual machine VM as if it were installed on a real computer according to the settings of the virtual system you have created for it All software running on the guest system does so as it would on a real machine You have considerable latitude in deciding what virtual hardware will be provided to the guest The virtual hardware can be used for communicating with the host system or with other guests For instance if you provide VirtualBox with the image of a CD ROM in an ISO file VirtualBox can present this image to a guest system as if it were a physical CD ROM Similarly you can give a guest system access to the real network via its virtual network card and if you choose give the host system other guests or computers on the internet access to the guest system VirtualBox comes with many advanced interfaces which will be described later in this manual e chapter 7 3 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 91 explains how to run a single VM at a time with a reduced graphical
249. onsis tency it is presently not possible to change the type of a hard disk disk image that is currently registered As a result first remove the existing image from VirtualBox s list of registered images using VBoxManage unregisterimag and then re register the image using VBoxManage registerimage adding the type immutable parameter see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage registerim age unregisterimage page 111 3 Finally write through hard disks are like normal hard disks in that they fully support read and write operations also However their state is not saved when a snapshot is taken and not restored when a VM s state is reverted To create a disk image as write through use the VBoxManage createvdi command see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage createvdi page 111 To mark an ex isting image as write through unregister and re register the image as previously described but add type writethrough To illustrate the differences between the various types with respect to snapshots You have installed your guest operating system in your VM and you have taken a snapshot Imagine you have accidentally infected your VM with a virus and would like to go back to the snapshot With a normal hard disk image you simply revert the state of the VM and the earlier state of your hard disk image will be restored as well and your virus infection will be undone With an immutable hard disk irrespective of the snapshot all it takes is to shut down yo
250. ontrollers each with a master and a slave connection With one of these four connectors being reserved to the CD ROM DVD drive see below that leaves you with three possible hard disks each represented by one disk image file 47 3 Starting out with VirtualBox The settings of the first disk Primary Master are initially set by the Create VM wizard Normally you will stick with this setting for the rest of a VM s lifetime You may however freely remove add and exchange virtual hard drives after the machine has been set up For example if you wish to copy some files from another virtual disk that you created you can connect that disk as a second hard disk To connect an additional disk double click on the empty space in the list of virtual disks or click on the respective icon to the right of that list You can then select where the virtual disk should be connected to primary master or slave or secondary slave and which image to use If you click on the Select virtual disk icon to the right this will bring up the Virtual Disk Image Manager see chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 for details where you can select a different image To remove a virtual disk select it and click on the remove icon on the right In addition to the IDE controller VirtualBox can also present an SATA controller to the guest however this may require that you run a modern guest operating system See chapter
251. or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval can be set appropriately 11 4 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system Deadlocks can occur on a Windows host when attempting to access an iSCSI target running in a guest virtual machine with an iSCSI initiator e g Microsoft iSCSI Ini tiator that is running on the host This is caused by a flaw in the Windows cache manager component and causes sluggish host system response for several minutes followed by a Delayed Write Failed error message in the system tray or in a sepa rate message window The guest is blocked during that period and may show error messages or become unstable Setting the environment variable VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE to 1 will enable a workaround for this problem until Microsoft addresses the issue For example open a command prompt window and start VirtualBox like this set VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE 1 VirtualBox While this will decrease guest disk performance especially writes it does not affect the performance of other applications running on the host 11 5 Linux hosts 11 5 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load If the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv refuses to load i e you get an Error in serting vboxdrv Invalid argument check as root the output of the dmesg command to find out why the load failed The most common reasons are e With Linux 2 6 19 and higher the NM
252. ork In iSCSI terminology the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target while the client connecting to the server and accessing its resources is called iSCSI initiator VirtualBox can transparently present iSCSI remote storage to a virtual machine as a virtual hard disk The guest operating system will not see any difference between a virtual disk image VDI file and an iSCSI target To achieve this VirtualBox has an integrated iSCSI initiator 2SCSI in turn is the Small Computer System Interface and is an established industry standard for data transfer between devices notably storage devices Established as early as 1986 SCSI is still used for connecting hard disks and tape devices even today Especially in the PC market however it competed with other data transfer standards such as IDE It is still in common use in workstations and servers 69 5 Virtual storage VirtualBox s iSCSI support has been developed according to the iSCSI standard and should work with all standard conforming iSCSI targets To use an iSCSI target with VirtualBox you must first register it as a virtual hard disk with VBoxManage see chapter 8 16 VBoxManage addiscsidisk page 112 The target will show up in the list of disk images as described in chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 and can thus be attached to one of the VM s three hard disk slots the usual way Note As opposed to the VDI files described
253. orts For the latter please refer to chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 in that section look for the uart and uartmode options In either case you can configure up to two virtual serial ports simultaneously For each such device you will need to determine 1 what kind of serial port the virtual machine should see by selecting an I O base address and interrupt IRQ For these we recommend to use the traditional values which are a COMI I O base 0x3F8 IRQ 4 b COM2 I O base Ox2F8 IRQ 3 c COM3 I O base 0x3E8 IRQ 4 d COM4 I O base 0x2E8 IRQ 3 2 Then you will need to determine what this virtual port should be connected to For each virtual serial port you have the following options 1Serial port support was added with VirtualBox 1 5 2See for example http en wikipedia org wiki COM hardware interface 50 3 Starting out with VirtualBox e You can elect to have the virtual serial port disconnected which means that the guest will see it as hardware but it will behave as if no cable had been connected to it e You can connect the virtual serial port to a physical serial port on your host On a Windows host this will be a name like COM1 on Linux or OpenSolaris hosts it will be a device node like dev ttyS0 VirtualBox will then simply redirect all data received from and sent to the virtual serial port to the physical device e You can tell VirtualBox to connect the virtual serial port to a
254. ove commands The name guestssh is an arbitrary one chosen for this particular forwarding con figuration With that configuration in place all TCP connections to port 2222 on the host will be forwarded to port 22 on the guest Protocol can be either of TCP or UDP these are case insensitive To remove a mapping again use the same commands but leaving out the values in this case TCP 22 and 2222 It is not possible to configure incoming NAT connections while the VM is running However you can change the settings for a VM which is currently saved or powered off at a snapshot 6 4 2 PXE booting with NAT PXE booting is now supported in NAT mode The NAT DHCP server provides a boot file name of the form vmname pxe if the directory TFTP exists in the directory where the users VirtualBox xml file is kept It is the responsibility of the user to provide vmname pxe 6 4 3 NAT limitations There are four limitations of NAT mode which users should be aware of ICMP protocol is very limited Some frequently used network debugging tools e g ping rely on sending receiving messages based on the ICMP protocol The ICMP protocol cannot be used directly by normal applications such as VirtualBox as it would at least on Linux hosts require root permissions more precisely CAP NET RAW Since this is not desirable no attempt has been made to sup port ICMP to addresses other than 10 0 2 2 and 10 0 2 15 If you try to ping any other IP address
255. oved the files created during the build process then your system will already be correctly set up 2 3 3 USB and advanced networking support In order to use VirtualBox s USB support the user account under which you intend to run VirtualBox must have read and write access to the USB filesystem usbfs In addition access to dev net tun will be required if you want to use Host Interface Networking which is described in detail in chapter 6 5 Introduction to Host Interface Networking HIF page 76 2 3 4 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available in a number of package formats native to various common Linux distributions see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 for details In addition there is an alternative generic installer run which should work on most Linux distributions 20 2 Installation 2 3 4 1 Installing VirtualBox from a Debian Ubuntu package First download the appropriate package for your distribution The following examples assume that you are installing to an Ubuntu Edgy system Use dpkg to install the Debian package sudo dpkg i VirtualBox 2 0 6 Ubuntu edgy deb You will be asked to accept the VirtualBox Personal Use and Evaluation License Unless you answer yes here the installation will be aborted The group vboxusers will be created during installation Note that a user who is going to run VirtualBox must be member of that group A user can be made member of the group vb
256. oxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Driver IntNet VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config Network MyIntNet VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config IsService 1 Finally the iSCSI TCP transport driver needs to be instructed to use the IP stack for Internal Networking instead of the normal host IP stack VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver AttachedDriver Config HostIPStack 0 70 5 Virtual storage The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started before the VM using it is powered on If a virtual machine using an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered up it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation The VM will fail to power up 71 6 Virtual networking As briefly mentioned in chapter 3 7 5 Network settings page 49 VirtualBox provides up to four virtual PCI Ethernet cards for each virtual machine For each such card you can individually select 1 the hardware that will be virtualized as well as 2 the virtualization mode that the virtual card will be operating in with respect to your physical networking hardware on the host 6 1 Virtual networking hardware For each card you can individually select what kind of hardware will be presented to the virtual machine VirtualBox can virtualize the following four types of networking hardware e AMD PCNet PCI Il
257. oxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you The following detailed instructions should only be of interest if you wish to exe cute VirtualBox without installing it first You should start by compiling the vboxdrv kernel module see above and inserting it into the Linux kernel VirtualBox consists of a service daemon VBoxSVC and several application programs The daemon is automatically started if necessary All VirtualBox applications will communicate with the daemon through Unix local domain sockets There can be multiple daemon in stances under different user accounts and applications can only communicate with the daemon running under the user account as the application The local domain socket resides in a subdirectory of your system s directory for temporary files called vbox username ipc In case of communication problems or server startup problems you may try to remove this directory All VirtualBox applications VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxManage and VBoxHeadless require the VirtualBox directory to be in the library path LD_LIBRARY_PATH VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP 25 2 Installation 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts For the various versions of Solaris that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 If you have a previously installed instance of VirtualBox on your Solaris host pl
258. oxusers through the GUI user group management or at the command line with sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Also note that adding an active user to that group will require that user to log out and back in again This should be done manually after successful installation of the package The installer will also search for a VirtualBox kernel module suitable for your kernel The package includes pre compiled modules for the most common ker nel configurations If no suitable kernel module is found the installation script tries to build a module itself If the build process is not successful you will be shown a warning and the package will be left unconfigured Please have a look at var log vbox install log to find out why the compilation failed You may have to install the appropriate Linux kernel headers see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 19 After correcting any problems do sudo etc init d vboxdrv setup This will start a second attempt to build the module If a suitable kernel module was found in the package or the module was successfully built the installation script will attempt to load that module If this fails please see chapter 11 5 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load page 136 for further information Once VirtualBox has been successfully installed and configured you can start it by selecting VirtualBox in your start menu or from the command line see chapter 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux page 2
259. panic fix due to weird patches in RedHat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 VBoxSVC if VBOX_USER_HOME is set look for configuration in this directory default HOME VirtualBox 12 29 Version 1 0 44 2005 10 25 Note Guest Additions have to be updated Installer greatly improved Windows installer fixed uninstall and perform driver and COM registration through MSI VBoxManage added commands to create and delete Win32 Host Interface Net working adapters VDI updated virtual disk image format for newly created images old images continue to work with enhanced write performance and support for the upcom ing snapshot feature Network performance improvements Graphics added hardware acceleration to virtual graphics adapter and corre sponding Guest Additions driver 176 12 Change log Graphics Additions GUI added dynamic resizing support Graphics added workaround for buggy VESA support in Windows Vista Longhorn VRDP performance and stability improvements added support for graphics ac celeration architecture USB restructured USB subsystem added support for filters to autocapture de vices that meet defined criteria GUI added mouse wheel support VMM added support for PAE host mode 12 30 Version 1 0 42 2005 08 30 Note The configuration has to be deleted as the format has changed On Linux issue rm rf VirtualBox On Windows remove the directory C Documents and Set tings lt username gt 1 VirtualBox If
260. ponsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability MULTIPLE LICENSED CODE Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as Multiple Licensed Multiple Licensed means that the Initial Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses if any specified by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A EXHIBIT A Mozilla Public License The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www mozilla org MPL Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code is The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Portions created by are Copyright C All Rights Reserved Contributor s Alternatively the contents of this file may be used under the terms of the license the ___ License in which case the
261. previously the type of iSCSI targets cannot be normal or immutable but will always be set to write through This means that their state is not saved or reverted with snapshots 5 5 1 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking As an experimental feature VirtualBox allows for accessing an iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured for using Internal Networking mode as de scribed in chapter 6 10 Internal networking page 87 The setup of the virtual ma chine which uses such an iSCSI target is done as described above The only difference is that the IP address of the target must be specified as a numeric IP address The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in the virtual ma chine which accesses the iSCSI target A free static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines must be chosen In the example below adapt the name of the virtual machine the MAC address the IP configuration and the Internal Network ing name MylIntNet according to your needs The following 7 commands must be issued VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Trusted 1 VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config MAC 08 00 27 01 02 0f VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config IP 10 0 99 1 VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config Netmask 255 255 255 0 VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VB
262. pter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 by default this is the case for SATA ports 1 4 with this command you can map four IDE channels to any of the 30 supported SATA ports dvd none uuid filename host drive This specifies what VirtualBox should provide to the VM as the virtual CD DVD drive specify either the UUID or the filename of an image file that you have registered with VBoxManage registerimage see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage registerimage unregisterimage page 111 Alternatively specify host with the drive speci fication of your host s drive dvdpassthrough on off With this you can enable DVD writing support currently experimental see chapter 3 7 3 CD DVD ROM and floppy settings page 48 floppy disabled empty uuid filename host drive This is the floppy equivalent to the dvd option described above disabled com pletely disables the floppy controller whereas empt y keeps the floppy controller enabled but without a media inserted 106 8 VBoxManage reference 8 5 3 Networking settings The following networking settings are available through VBoxManage modi fyvm e nic 1 N none null nat hostif intnet With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be avail able They can be not present none not connected to the host null use network address translation nat a host interface hostif or communicate w
263. ption which is based on the RC4 symmetric cipher with keys up to 128bit The RC4 keys are being replaced in regular intervals every 4096 packets RDP provides three different authentication methods 1 Historically RDP4 authentication was used with which the RDP client does not perform any checks in order to verify the identity of the server it connects to Since user credentials can be obtained using a man in the middle MITM attack RDP4 authentication is insecure and should generally not be used 2 RDP5 1 authentication employs a server certificate for which the client possesses the public key This way it is guaranteed that the server possess the correspond ing private key However as this hard coded private key became public some years ago RDP5 1 authentication is also insecure and cannot be recommended 3 RDP5 2 authentication is based on TLS 1 0 with customer supplied certificates The server supplies a certificate to the client which must be signed by a certificate authority CA that the client trusts for the Microsoft RDP Client 5 2 the CA has to be added to the Windows Trusted Root Certificate Authorities database VirtualBox allows you to supply your own CA and server certificate and uses OpenSSL for encryption 96 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines While VirtualBox supports all of the above only RDP5 2 authentication should be used in environments where security is a concern As the client that con
264. r represents an internal development or test build 12 1 Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed Guru meditation when running 64 bits Windows guests bug 2220 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 boot hangs VT x and AMD V bug 2220 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 reboot hangs AMD V only bug 2220 GUI the host key was sometimes not properly displayed Windows hosts only bug 1996 GUI the keyboard focus was lost after minimizing and restoring the VM window via the Windows taskbar bugs 784 VBoxManage properly show SATA disks when showing the VM information bug 2624 SATA fixed access if the buffer size is not sector aligned bug 2024 SATA improved performance SATA fixed snapshot function with ports gt 1 bug 2510 E1000 fixed crash under rare circumstances USB fixed support for iPhone and Nokia devices Linux host bugs 470 amp 491 Windows host installer added proper handling of open VirtualBox applications when updating the installation Windows host installer fixed default installation directory on 64 bit on new installations 141 12 Change log Windows host installer added proper handling of open VirtualBox applications when updating the installation Linux Solaris Darwin hosts verify permissions in tmp vbox SUSER ipc Linux hosts fixed assertion on high network load AMD64 hosts fix for Linux distributions with glibc 2 6 and new
265. re the data will be stored After creating such a special VMDK image you can use it like a regular virtual disk image For example you can use the Virtual Disk Manager chapter 3 5 The Virtual Disk Manager page 41 or VBoxManage to assign the image to a virtual machine 9 9 1 Access to entire physical hard disk While this variant is the simplest to set up you must be aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and full access to an entire physical disk If your host operating system is also booted from this disk please take special care to not access the partition from the guest at all On the positive side the physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw disk To create an image that represents an entire physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data as this will all be stored on the physical disk on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda This creates the image path to file vmdk must be absolute and all data will be read and written from dev sda On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g PhysicalDriveo Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine 125 9 Advanced topics Just like with regular disk imag
266. recommend that you follow the instructions provided by your distribution to do this For distributions which do not provide their own method of creating bridges we provide generic instructions below Please ensure that you thoroughly understand 83 6 Virtual networking how your distribution s networking scripts work before following these instructions as they involve making changes to your host network configuration in ways normally only done by the networking scripts and as such may interfere with your network setup First of all you will need to install the bridge utilities usually named bridge utils or similar Once installed as root follow these instructions to create and configure a bridge 1 Create a new bridge with this command brctl addbr br0 2 If you are not using DHCP run ifconfig and note down the network config uration of your existing network interface e g eth0 which we will need to copy to the bridge in a minute 3 Remove the IP address configuration from the existing network device e g eth0 with ifconfig eth0 0 0 0 0 Warning You will lose network connectivity on eth0 at this point 4 Add your network adapter to the bridge brctl addif br0 ethO0 5 Transfer the network configuration previously used with your physical ethernet adapter to the new bridge If you are using DHCP this should work dhclient brO Otherwise run ifconfig br0 x x x x netmask x x x x and use the values that you no
267. red Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter acquired including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred
268. required to free the mouse from being captured by the guest OS Better video support While the virtual graphics card which VirtualBox emulates for any guest operating system provides all the basic features the custom video drivers that are installed with the Guest Additions provide you with extra high and non standard video modes as well as accelerated video performance In addition with Windows and recent Linux Solaris and OpenSolaris guests when the Guest Additions are installed you can resize the virtual machine s window and the video resolution in the guest will be automatically adjusted as if you had manually entered an arbitrary resolution in the guest s display settings For Linux and Solaris guests the Xorg server version 1 3 or later is required for 54 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions automatic resizing the feature has been disabled on Fedora 9 guests due to a bug in the X server they supply The server version can be checked with Xorg version Time synchronization With the Guest Additions installed VirtualBox can ensure that the guest s system time is better synchronized This fixes the problem that an operating system normally expects to have 10096 of a computer s time for itself without interference which is no longer the case when your VM runs together with your host operating system and possibly other applications on your host As a result your guest operating system s timing will soon be off significantly The
269. requires special rdesktop client VRDP added support for the Microsoft RDP client VRDP improved audio support Floppy controller can be disabled Floppy fixed no disk in drive reporting Floppy fixed writing to floppy images VBoxManage restructured USB device filter syntax to make it more intuitive VBoxManage added command for setting guest logon credentials Additions added installer for Windows 2000 XP 2003 guests Additions added custom GINA module which hooks MSGINA and can perform automatic logons using credentials retrieved from the VMM Documentation added draft of VirtualBox user manual 174 12 Change log 12 26 Version 1 0 50 2005 12 16 Note Guest Additions have to be updated VMM added support for OpenBSD guests VMM fixed a memory leak Network added Internal Networking to directly wire VMs without using host interfaces and making the traffic visible on the host Network fixed crash hang at exit with TAP on Linux Graphics added support for additional custom VESA modes Graphics added support for VESA modes with y offset VRDP added support for remote audio PCM encoding USB fixed several potential crashes USB fixed revision filter matching USB fixed support for devices with integrated USB hubs 12 27 Version 1 0 48 2005 11 23 Note The configuration has to be deleted as the format has changed On Linux issue rm rf VirtualBox On Windows remove the directory C Documents and Set tin
270. roduction Three methods of authentication are available e The null method means that there is no authentication at all any client can connect to the VRDP server and thus the virtual machine This is of course very insecure and only to be recommended for private networks 95 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines e The external method provides external authentication through a special au thentication library VirtualBox comes with two default libraries for external authentication On Linux hosts VRDPAuth so authenticates users against the host s PAM system On Windows hosts VRDPAuth d11 authenticates users against the host s WinLogon system In other words the external method per default performs authentication with the user accounts that exist on the host system However you can replace the default external authentication module with any other module For this VirtualBox provides a well defined interface that allows you to write your own authentication module see chapter 9 3 Custom external VRDP authentication page 119 for details e Finally the guest authentication method performs authentication with a special component that comes with the Guest Additions as a result authentication is not performed with the host users but with the guest user accounts This method is currently still in testing and not yet supported 7 4 5 RDP encryption RDP features data stream encry
271. roke disk access in OS 2 and OpenBSD guests pos sibly much more 160 12 Change log VMM fixed crashes if memory allocation failed Linux VMM fixed enabling of Local APIC on AMD hosts fixed Ubuntu Feisty installa tion kernel hang during boot VMM fixed XFree86 4 3 Debian Sarge segfaults when switching to text mode VMM refuse to start when KVM is active Linux Host VMM fixed bootup hangs with ReactOS VMM fixed out of memory errors under certain environments with enough ap propriate memory available API fixed occasional crashes of the VBoxSVC server during VM shutdown Linux host API some components were not notified when mounting a CD DVD VMDK improve geometry compatibility with existing VDMK images IDE Floppy optionally make non available host device non fatal IDE improve emulation accuracy of the IRQ line between master and slave drive IDE guest could freeze when unmounting the CD DVD drive VGA several text mode fixes in particular with Windows DOS boxes USB fixed some issues with Windows hosts USB fixed race condition between udev and USB filters Linux host Shared Folders reversed network provider order to increase mapping perfor mance Windows guest Shared Folders browsable from Windows Explorer Windows guests Shared Folders stability fixes Windows guest Shared Folders case sensitivity fixes Windows guest and Linux host Audio fall back to the NULL audio driver if no voice could be op
272. rove performance of the guest OS and to add extra features This is described in detail in chapter 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions page 54 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VT x and AMD V By default VirtualBox uses a technique called software virtualization to run a virtual machine on your guest computer In a nutshell this means that the code in the virtual machine the guest operating system and other programs installed in the virtual ma chine is allowed to run directly on the processor of the host while VirtualBox employs an array of complex techniques to intercept operations that may interfere with your host In those cases VirtualBox needs to step in and fake a certain virtual environment for the guest For example if the guest attempts to access its hard disk VirtualBox redirects these requests to whatever you have configured to be the virtual machine s virtual hard disk normally an image file on your host 10 1 Introduction VirtualBox has very sophisticated techniques to achieve this without any special hardware However modern Intel and AMD processors have support for so called hardware virtualization e The virtualization technology built into AMD s 64 bit processors is called AMD V originally referred to with the Pacifica codename In addition starting with the Barcelona K10 architecture AMD s processors have been supporting nested page tables which can accelerate
273. rties under the terms of this License C If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution
274. s Note that these settings apply globally to all guest systems not just to a single machine 9 13 Configuring the BIOS DMI information The DMI data VirtualBox provides to guests can be changed for a specific VM Use the following commands to configure the DMI BIOS information VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVendor Host BIOS Vendor VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVersion Host BIOS Version VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseDate MX Host BIOS Release Date VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMajor L VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMinor 2 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor 3 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor 4 If a DMI string is not set the default value of VirtualBox is used To set an empty string use lt EMPTY gt Changing this information can be necessary to provide the DMI information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from asking for a new product key On Linux hosts the DMI BIOS information can be obtained with dmidecode t0 and the DMI system information can be obtained with dmidecode t1 12
275. s increased VRAM limit to 128MB BIOS fixed CD DVD ROM detection in Windows Vista guests VMM fixed incompatibility with OpenBSD 4 0 VDI fixed issues with snapshot merging Network fixed incompatibility between Vista UAC and Host Interface Network ing Network fixed issues with Windows NT 4 0 guests Audio fixed problem with ALSA on Linux before 2 6 18 causing system reboots VRDP added support for MS RDP 6 0 clients VRDP fixed issue with PAM authentication on certain distributions VRDP fixed sporadic disconnects with MS RDP clients iSCSI improved behavior when pausing a VM with iSCSI connections iSCSI improved read timeout handling 166 12 Change log 12 16 Version 1 3 4 2007 02 12 General fixed unresolved symbol issue on Windows 2000 hosts General added warnings at VirtualBox startup when there is no valid Linux kernel module General fixed problem with unrecognized host CDROM DVD drives on Linux General fixed compatibility issue with SELinux GUI improved USB user interface easier filter definitions menu to directly at tach specific devices GUI added VM settings options for VRDP GUI fixed GDI handle leak on Windows hosts GUI worked around issue in the Metacity window manager GNOME leading to unmovable VM windows GUI show an information dialog before entering fullscreen mode about how to get back GUI several fixes and improvements VMM fixed occasional crashes when shutting down a Windows g
276. s page 14 You can find a brief feature overview in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 11 see chapter 12 Change log page 141 for a detailed list of version changes 1 1 Virtualization basics With VirtualBox you can run unmodified operating systems including all of the software that is installed on them directly on top of your existing operating system in a special environment that is called a virtual machine Your physical computer is then usually called the host while the virtual machine is often called a guest The following image shows you how VirtualBox on a Linux host is running Win dows Vista as guest operating system in a virtual machine window Windows Vista III Running Sun xVM VirtualBox Eile Machine Help o New Settings Dele Debian 3 1 nel A Powered off Debian 4 0 Powered off Fedora Core 6 Powered Off T4 MCP2 pre addi Y Powered Off openSUSE 10 Powered Off RHELS Powered Off Solaris Powered Off 5 m Scroll Lock 4 VirtualBox allows the guest code to run unmodified directly on the host computer and the guest operating system thinks it s running on real machine In the back 1 Introduction ground however VirtualBox intercepts certain operations that the guest performs to make sure that the guest does not interfere with other programs on the host The techniques and features that VirtualBox provides are useful
277. s Vista networking o 57 43 Limus Guest Additiong o o crece ner ee ex s 58 4 3 1 Installing the Linux Guest Additions 58 4 3 2 Video acceleration and high resolution graphics modes 59 4 3 3 Updating the Linux Guest Additions 59 4 4 Solaris Guest Additions s s o srece cewe e ee eee eee 60 4 4 1 Installing the Solaris Guest Additions 60 4 4 2 Uninstalling the Solaris Guest Additions 61 4 4 3 Updating the Solaris Guest Additions 61 45 DSZ QuestAddIBOfS zu uus eso RR Rm RR Ro eos 61 4 6 Folder sharing 252229 o oro XXE RGB Re RR 61 4 7 Seamless Wihdews ooo popoa e eve jo EXE RR R REO mes 63 5 Virtual storage 65 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI 65 5 2 Virtual Disk Image VDD files 22k RR 67 53 Cloning disk images 22220049 9523 9o EX Geo Ros 68 B VMDK ate TES luos A A Dein BE SU s 69 Bo JSOBLDSEFVEES casara ed bow qe EO EG A 69 5 5 1 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking 70 Contents 6 Virtual networking 72 6 1 Virtual networking hardware llle 72 6 2 Introduction to networking modes o 73 63 Mot attached mode suce o aaa aa ER 73 6 4 Network Address Translation NAT 73 6 4 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT 74 6 4 2 PXE booting with NAT 75 64 3 NAT limitabions
278. s governed by license chapter 14 2 4 X Consor tium License X11 page 207 and Copyright 2004 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS VGA BIOS which is governed by license chapter 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 190 and Copyright C 2001 2002 the LGPL VGABios developers Team VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS ROM BIOS which is governed by license chapter 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 190 and Copyright C 2002 MandrakeSoft S A Copyright C 2004 Fabrice Bellard Copy right C 2005 Struan Bartlett VirtualBox contains the zlib library which is governed by license chapter 14 2 5 zlib license page 207 and Copyright C 1995 2003 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler VirtualBox may contain OpenSSL which is governed by license chapter 14 2 6 OpenSSL license page 207 and Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product in cludes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com 183 14 Third party licenses VirtualBox may contain NSPR and XPCOM which is governed by license chapter 14 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL page 198 and Copyright C The Authors VirtualBox contains Slirp which is governed by license chapter 14 2 7 Slirp li cense page 208 and was written by Danny Gasparovski Copyright c 1995 1996 All Rights Reserved VirtualBox contains liblzf which is governed by license chapter 14 2 8 liblzf li c
279. sclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SER VICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOW EVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 14 2 11 libxml license Except where otherwise noted in the source code e g the files hash c list c and the trio files which are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are 210 14 Third party licenses Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without
280. scriptor has to be passed to VBoxSDL using the option tapfd lt N gt fd In this case the setup and termination scripts will not be called 6 9 Host Interface Networking on Solaris hosts VirtualBox versions 2 0 and above on Solaris hosts uses the new Host Interface net working model To enable simply open the Settings dialog of a virtual machine go to the Network page and select Host Interface in the drop down list for the Attached to field Finally select desired host interface from the list at the bottom of the page which contains the network interfaces of your system With VirtualBox 2 0 4 and above it is possible to use Crossbow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs with Host Interface Networking but with the following caveats e A VNIC cannot be shared between multiple guest network interfaces i e each guest network interface must have it s own exclusive VNIC e The VNIC and the guest network interface that uses the VNIC must be assigned identical MAC addresses 6 10 Internal networking Internal Networking is similar to host interface networking in that the VM can directly communicate with the outside world However the outside world is limited to other VMs which connect to the same internal network 87 6 Virtual networking Even though technically everything that can be done using internal networking can also be done using host interface networking there are two good reasons why this extra m
281. sed on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for 192 wW a e y 14 Third party licenses riting it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does nd what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s omplete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that ou conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact a w L a f o d 11 the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any arranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the ibrary You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy nd you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a ee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion f it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and istribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions eH OtoORgntoryYH ct T Y a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change C You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a functi
282. sh when changing the adapter link state if no host driver is attached bug 2333 VHD fixed bug which prevents booting from VHD images bigger than 4GB bug 2085 VRDP fixed a repaint problem when the guest resolution was not equal to the client resolution Clipboard don t crash when host service initialization takes longer than ex pected Linux hosts only bug 2001 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe crash bug 2212 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe memory leak due to a Windows WMI memory leak Vista only bug 2242 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe delays GUI startup Linux hosts handle jiffies counter overflow VM stuck after 300 seconds of host uptime bug 2247 Solaris hosts fixed host or guest side networking going stale while using host interface networking bug 2474 Solaris hosts added support for using unplumbed network interfaces and Cross bow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs with host interface networking Solaris hosts reworked threading model improves performance for host inter face networking Windows additions fixed crash when accessing deep directory structures in a shared folder Windows additions improved shared folder name resolving bug 1728 Windows additions fixed Windows 2000 shutdown crash bug 2254 Windows additions fixed error code for MoveFile if the target exists bug 2350 Linux additions fixed seek for files bigger than 2GB bug 2379 Linux additions support Ubuntu 8 10 Linux addi
283. software pipe on the host This depends on your host operating system On a Windows host data will be sent and received through a named pipe You can use a helper program called VMWare Serial Line Gate way available for download at http www 14ka org tools vmwaregateway php This tool provides a fixed server mode named pipe at pipe vmwaredebug and connects incoming TCP con nections on port 567 with the named pipe On a Mac Linux or OpenSolaris host a local domain socket is used instead On Linux there are various tools which can connect to a local domain socket or create one in server mode The most flexible tool is socat and is available as part of many distributions In this case you can configure whether VirtualBox should create the named pipe or on non Windows hosts the local domain socket itself or whether VirtualBox should assume that the pipe or socket exists already With the VBoxManage command line options this is referred to as server or client mode respectively Up to two serial ports can be configured simultaneously per virtual machine but you can pick any port numbers out of the above For example you can configure two serial ports to be able to work with COM2 and COM4 in the guest 3 7 7 USB support 3 7 7 1 USB settings The USB section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure VirtualBox s sophisticated USB support VirtualBox can allow virtual machines
284. specifying a device in the Interface Name field and entering gksudo home vbox setuptap sh into the Setup Application field replace gksudo by kdesu or whatever is appropriate for your system Alternatively you can use the the VBoxManage command line tool in the following example for a machine called Linux VM VBoxManage modifyvm Linux VM tapsetupl gksudo home vbox setuptap sh An example of a matching script to remove the interface from the bridge and shut it down would be bin bash Remove the interface from the bridge The second script parameter is 86 6 Virtual networking the interface name sbin brctl delif br0 2 And use VBoxTunctl to remove the interface VBoxTunctl d 2 If this is saved as home vbox cleanuptap sh and made executable the virtual machine can be told to execute it when it shuts down by entering gksudo home vbox cleanuptap sh into the Termination Application field in VirtualBox s network configuration settings or by using VBoxManage VBoxManage modifyvm Linux VM tapterminatel gksudo home vbox cleanuptap sh Note The VBoxSDL front end to VirtualBox see chapter 7 3 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 91 allows for an additional way of configuring TAP interfaces if it is started from a custom parent process This parent process can allocate the required TAP interfaces and let VirtualBox inherit the file handles For this to work the file de
285. staller VirtualBox can be safely uninstalled at any time by choosing the program entry in the Add Remove Programs applet in the Windows Control Panel 2 1 4 Unattended installation Unattended installations can be performed using the standard MSI support 2 2 Installing on Mac OS X hosts 2 2 1 Performing the installation For Mac OS X hosts VirtualBox ships in a disk image dmg file Perform the following steps 1 Double click on that file to have its contents mounted 2 A window will open telling you to double click on the VirtualBox mpkg in staller file displayed in that window 3 This will start the installer which will allow you to select where to install VirtualBox to After installation you can find a VirtualBox icon in the Applications folder in the Finder 2 2 2 Uninstallation To uninstall VirtualBox open the disk image dmg file again and double click on the uninstall icon contained therein 18 2 Installation 2 2 3 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox you can use the command line version of the installer application Mount the disk image dmg file as described in the normal installation Then open a terminal session and execute sudo installer pkg Volumes VirtualBox VirtualBox mpkg target Volumes Macintosh HD 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts 2 3 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Linux that we support as host operating sys
286. t installation time AHCI Advanced Host Controller Interface the interface that supports SATA devices such as hard disks See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 AMD V The hardware virtualization features built into modern AMD processors See chapter 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V page 10 API Application Programming Interface APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller a newer version of the original PC PIC programmable interrupt controller Most modern CPUs contain an on chip APIC local APIC Many systems also contain an I O APIC input output APIC as a sperate chip which provides more than 16 IRQs Windows 2000 and higher use a different kernel if they detect an I O APIC during installation Therefore an I O APIC must not be removed after installation ATA Advanced Technology Attachment an industry standard for hard disk interfaces synonymous with IDE See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 C COM Microsoft Component Object Model a programming infrastructure for modular software COM allows applications to provide application programming inter faces which can be accessed from various other programming languages and applications VirtualBox makes use of COM both internally and externally to provide a comprehensive API to 3rd party developers 220 Glossary D DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol This allows a networking d
287. t the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SER VICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOW EVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 14 2 9 libpng license The PNG Reference Library is supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation 209 14 Third party licenses the warran
288. ted down previously 6 To create a permanent host interface called vbox0 all host interfaces created in this way must be called vbox followed by a number and add it to the network bridge created above use the following command see chapter 6 8 1 5 Host Interface Networking utilities for Linux page 85 for more details VBoxAddIF vbox0 user br0 Replace user with the name of the user who is supposed to be able to use the new interface 84 6 Virtual networking 6 8 1 5 Host Interface Networking utilities for Linux Although Linux comes with built in support for virtual networking interfaces there are not many programs available for managing these VirtualBox supplies three tools for this purpose VBoxAddIF VBoxDeleteIF and VBoxTunct1 The last of these is in fact the tunct1 utility from the User Mode Linux project In this section we describe how to use these utilities VBoxAddIF creates a permanent TAP interface which does not go away when the host system is restarted This interface should be called vbox0 vbox1 or similar The following command creates the interface vbox0 for the user lt user gt and adds it to the bridge bro If you do not wish to add the interface to a bridge you can leave off the bridge name sudo VBoxAddIF vbox0 user bro Change the interface user and bridge names to fit your own setup To remove an interface which you have created with VBoxAddIF use the following command Replace vbox0 with
289. tems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 You will need to install the following packages on your Linux system before starting the installation some systems will do this for you automatically when you install VirtualBox e Qt 4 3 0 or higher e SDL 1 2 7 or higher this graphics library is typically called 1ibsd1 or similar Note To be precise these packages are only required if you want to run the VirtualBox graphical user interfaces In particular VirtualBox our main graphical user interface requires both Qt and SDL VBoxSDL our simplified GUI requires only SDL By contrast if you only want to run the headless VRDP server that comes with VirtualBox neither Qt nor SDL are required 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module Most people who install VirtualBox using packages specially created for their Linux distribution will be able to safely skip this section unless they run into problems during the installation All that they will need to remember is that they may have to reinstall VirtualBox or recreate the VirtualBox kernel module by running etc init d vboxdrv setup as root if the Linux kernel on their system is updated VirtualBox uses a special kernel module to perform physical memory allocation and to gain control of the processor for guest system execution Without this kernel mod ule you will still be able to work with virtual machines in the configuration interface but you
290. ten by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAG E The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence 14 2 7 Slirp license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modifica
291. tents MacOS folder On a Linux host you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox 2 0 6 On Solaris hosts you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox 4 Back in the Virtual Disk Manager select that ISO file and press the Select but ton This will mount the ISO file and present it to your Windows guest as a CD ROM 4 2 1 2 Running the installer Unless you have the Autostart feature disabled in your Windows guest Win dows will now autostart the VirtualBox Guest Additions installation program from the Additions ISO If the Autostart feature has been turned off choose VBoxWindowsAdditions exe from the CD DVD drive inside the guest to start the installer The installer will add several device drivers to the Windows driver database and then invoke the hardware detection wizard 56 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions Depending on your configuration it might display warnings that the drivers are not digitally signed You must confirm these in order to continue the installation and properly install the Additions After installation reboot your guest operating system to activate the Additions 4 2 2 Updating the Windows Guest Additions Windows Guest Additions can be updated by running the installation program again as previously described This will then replace the previous Additions drivers w
292. th multiple CPUs and the interrupt is signaled sooner than on a physical system The solution is to introduce an artificial delay before delivering such inter rupts This delay can be configured for a VM using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config IRQDelay 1 This sets the delay to one millisecond In case this doesn t help increase it to a value between 1 and 5 milliseconds Please note that this slows down disk performance After installation you should be able to remove the key or set it to 0 11 2 3 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests When Windows guests run into a kernel crash they display the infamous bluescreen Depending on how Windows is configured the information will remain on the screen 133 11 Troubleshooting until the machine is restarted or it will reboot automatically During installation Win dows is usually configured to reboot automatically With automatic reboots there is no chance to record the bluescreen information which might be important for problem determination VirtualBox provides a method of halting a guest when it wants to perform a reset In order to enable this feature issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VMNAME VBoxInternal PDM HaltOnReset 1 11 2 4 No networking in Windows Vista guests Unfortunately with Vista Microsoft dropped support for the virtual AMD PCnet card that we are providing to v
293. th the key installdate for the virtual ma chine Fedora5 and 2006 02 02 on the machine SUSE10 You could retrieve the information as follows VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate which would return VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 2 0 6 C 2005 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc All rights reserved Value 2006 01 01 113 8 VBoxManage reference 8 19 VBoxManage setproperty This command is used to change global settings which affect the entire VirtualBox installation Some of these correspond to the settings in the Global settings dialog in the graphical user interface The following properties are available vdifolder This specifies the default folder that is used to keep Virtual Disk Image VDD files machinefolder This specifies the default folder in which virtual machine definitions are kept see chapter 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data page 117 for details vrdpauthlibrary This specifies which library to use when external VRDP authenti cation has been selected for a particular virtual machine see chapter 7 4 4 RDP authentication page 95 for details websrvauthlibrary This specifies which library the webservice uses to authenticate users For details about the VirtualBox webservice please refer to the separate VirtualBox SDK reference see chapter 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 130 hwvirtexenabled This selects whether or not hardware virtualization support is en
294. the internal virtual machine files as described with VBoxManage createvm above e ostype lt ostype gt This specifies what guest operating system is supposed to run in the VM As mentioned at chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 this setting is presently purely descriptive To learn about the various identifiers that can be used here use VBoxManage list ostypes e memory lt memorysize gt This sets the amount of RAM in MB that the vir tual machine should allocate for itself from the host Again see the remarks in chapter 3 2 Creating a virtual machine page 30 for more information 104 8 VBoxManage reference vram lt vramsize gt This sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card should have See chapter 3 7 1 General settings page 44 for details acpi on off ioapic on off These two determine whether the VM should have ACPI and I O APIC support respectively see chapter 3 7 1 2 Ad vanced tab page 45 for details pae on off This enables disables PAE see chapter 3 7 1 2 Advanced tab page 45 hwvirtex on off default This enables or disables the use of virtualiza tion extensions Intel VI x or AMD V in the processor of your host system see chapter 1 2 Software vs hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V page 10 nestedpaging on off This enables or disables the use of the nested pag ing feature currently AMD V only in the processor of your host system see chapter
295. the unique identifiers UUIDs associated with them by VirtualBox and all files associated with them e ostypes lists all guest operating systems presently known to VirtualBox along with the identifiers used to refer to them with the modi fyvm command e hostdvds hostfloppies and hostifs respectively list DVD floppy and host networking interfaces on the host along with the name used to access them from within VirtualBox e hostusb supplies information about USB devices attached to the host notably information useful for constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use by the host e usbfilters lists all global USB filters registered with VirtualBox that is filters for devices which are accessible to all virtual machines and displays the filter parameters e systemproperties displays some global VirtualBox settings such as mini mum and maximum guest RAM and virtual hard disk size folder settings and the current authentication library in use 102 8 VBoxManage reference 8 2 VBoxManage showvminfo The showvminfo command shows information about a particular virtual machine This is the same information as VBoxManage list vms would show for all virtual machines You will get information similar to the following VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 2 0 6 C 2005 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc All rights reserved Name Windows XP Guest OvS Other Un
296. they allow access by normal users in read write mode depending on the settings even if root has mounted the filesystem 4 7 Seamless windows With the seamless windows feature of VirtualBox you can have the windows that are displayed within a virtual machine appear side by side next to the windows of your host This feature is supported for the following guest operating systems provided that the Guest Additions are installed e Windows guests support added with VirtualBox 1 5 e Linux or Solaris OpenSolaris guests with an X org server version 1 3 or higher except Fedora 9 due to a bug in it s X server support added with VirtualBox 1 6 After seamless windows are enabled see below VirtualBox suppresses the display of the Desktop background of your guest allowing you to run the windows of your guest operating system seamlessly next to the windows of your host The X server version differs from the version of the entire X org suite You can type X version in a terminal to find out about the X org server version level that is currently installed 63 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions E b Aonlcatons Places seem ES Ej GC M A BR c nmt wiauz2 150835 e a e Mozilla Firefox Startscite Mozilla Firefox na Ea TP EY zum e s y Gne Vine qose decidunt gt a E Ele gdt Mow Hoy Bookmale Tecs Heb K Firefox Start A Google Google wob sizer Gus N
297. ties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental spe cial exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated 14 2 10 IwIP license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following di
298. tion like this TFor details see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage createvm page 104 90 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines VBoxManage createvm name SUSE 10 2 register VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 2 0 6 C 2005 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc All rights reserved Virtual machine SUSE 10 2 is created UUID c89fc351 8ec6 4f02 a048 57f4d25288e5 Settings file home username VirtualBox Machines SUSE 10 2 SUSE 10 2 xml As can be seen from the above output a new virtual machine has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file e To show the configuration of a particular VM use VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 2 VBoxManage showvminfo page 103 for details and an example e To change VM settings use VBoxManage modifyvm e g as follows VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 512MB For details see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage modifyvm page 104 e To control VM operation use one of the following To start a VM that is currently powered off use VBoxManage startvm see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage startvm page 109 for details To pause or save a VM that is currently running use VBoxManage controlvm see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage controlvm page 109 for details 7 3 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer VBoxSDL is a simple graphical user interface GUI that lacks the nice point and click support which VirtualBox our main GUI provides VBoxSDL is currently primaril
299. tion are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 208 14 Third party licenses 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by Danny Gasparovski THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WAR RANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL DANNY GASPAROVSKI OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUP TION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 14 2 8 liblzf license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided tha
300. tions clipboard fixes bug 2015 Web services improved documentation and fixed example bug 1642 143 12 Change log 12 3 Version 2 0 2 2008 09 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed inability to run more than one VM in parallel AMD V on CPUs with erratum 170 only bug 2167 VMM VT x stability fixes bug 2179 and others VMM fixed Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes used by Ubuntu 8 10 Alpha Fedora 10 Alpha bug 1875 VMM fixed 64 bits Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes Debian VMM fixed Vista 32 bits guest crash during boot when PAE and NX are enabled applied to 64 bits hosts with VI x enabled only VMM fixed OS 2 guest crashes during boot AMD V bug 2132 GUI fixed crash when trying to release an inaccessible image in the virtual disk manager GUI fixed invalid error message for a changed snapshot path even if that path wasn t changed bug 2064 GUI fixed crash when creating a new hard disk image bug 2060 GUI fixed crash when adding a hard disk in the VM settings bug 2081 GUI fixed a bug where VirtualBox isn t working with the new QGtkStyle plugin bug 2066 GUI fixed VM close dialog in seamless mode Mac OS X hosts only bug 2067 GUI fixed standard menu entries for NLS versions Mac OS X hosts only GUI disable the VT x AMD setting when it s not supported by the CPU or on Mac OS X hosts VBoxManage fixed crash during internalcommands
301. tl dvd nicl nat Create a virtual hard disk for the VM in this case 10GB in size and register it with VirtualBox VBoxManage createvdi filename WinXP vdi size 10000 register Set this newly created VDI file as the first virtual hard disk of the new VM VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP hda WinXP vdi Register the ISO file that contains the operating system installation that you want to install later VBoxManage registerimage dvd full path to iso iso Attach this ISO to the virtual machine so it can boot from it VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP dvd full path to iso iso Alternatively you can use VBoxManage controlvm dvdattach directly without having to register the image first see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage con trolvm page 109 for details 94 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines 7 Start the virtual machine using VBoxHeadless VBoxHeadless startvm Windows XP If everything worked you should see a copyright notice If instead you are returned to the command line then something went wrong 8 On the client machine fire up the RDP viewer and try to connect to the server Assuming a Linux client try the following rdesktop a 16 my host address With rdesktop the a 16 option requests a color depth of 16 bits per pixel which we recommend Also after installation you should set the color depth of your guest operating system to the same value You should now be seeing the insta
302. to access the USB devices on your host di rectly To achieve this VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system a virtual USB controller As soon as the guest system starts using a USB device it will appear as unavailable on the host 51 3 Starting out with VirtualBox Note Be careful with USB devices that are currently in use on the host For example if you allow your guest to connect to your USB hard disk that is currently mounted on the host when the guest is activated it will be dis connected from the host without a proper shutdown This may cause data loss In addition to allowing a guest access to your local USB devices VirtualBox even allows your guests to connect to remote USB devices by use of the VRDP protocol For details about this see chapter 7 4 3 Remote USB page 95 In the Settings dialog you can first configure whether USB is available in the guest at all and in addition also optionally enable the USB 2 0 EHCD controller for the guest If so you can determine in detail which devices are available For this you must create so called filters by specifying certain properties of the USB device Clicking on the button to the right of the USB Device Filters window creates a new filter You can give the filter a name for referencing it later and specify the filter criteria The more criteria you specify the more precisely devices will be selected For instance if you specify only a
303. to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent l
304. to do so VirtualBox will not startup Note Guest Additions have to be updated SDK ship VirtualBox development tools and sample program BIOS made startup logo animation configurable for OEM customers BIOS fixed network card detection under DOS Graphics fixed VESA modes in XP and XFree86 X org Network fixed Linux guest issues Network fixed NAT DHCP server to work with MS DOS TCP IP Network fixed performance issue under heavy guest CPU load Network fixed errors with more than one network card USB added experimental USB support for Linux hosts VMM fixed DOS A20 gate handling in real mode VMM fixed TSS IO bitmap handling crash in Debian Knoppix hardware detec tion routine VMM fixed IO issue which broke VESA in X11 VMM performance improvements for Linux guests VMM added local APIC support VBoxSDL added pointer shape support and use host pointer in fullscreen mode if available GUI determine system parameters e g maximum VDI size using the API 178 12 Change log GUI added detailed error information dialogs GUI special handling of inaccessible media API better error message handling provide system parameters handle inacces sible media Guest Additions implemented full pointer shape support for all pointer color depths including alpha channel VBoxManage several command extensions 12 32 Version 1 0 39 2005 05 05 Note Guest Additions have to be updated Linux converted XPCOM runtime to a
305. to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the authors shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 14 2 13 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a The gSOAP public license is derived from the Mozilla Public License MPL1 1 The sections that were deleted from the original MPL1 1 text are 1 0 1 2 1 c d 2 2 c d 8 2 b 10 and 11 Section 3 8 was added The modified sections are 2 1 b 2 2 b 3 2 simplified 3 5 deleted the last sentence and 3 6 simplified 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifications 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Mod ifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that
306. torage experimental support for VMDK images writethrough mode only no snapshots yet Storage raw host disk support including individual partitions IDE improve CHS geometry detection IDE fixed problem that only one VM could open an immutable image NAT allow more than one card configured for NAT networking 163 12 Change log NAT pass first entry in DNS search list Linux host or primary DNS suffix Win dows host as domain name in DHCP NAT support UDP broadcasts which enables using Windows shares NAT only warn if the name server could not be determined no fatal error any more NAT fix a potential problem with incorrect memory allocation Internal Networking fixed issue on Windows hosts Host Interface Networking fixed sporadic crashes on interface creation destruction Windows host Host Interface Networking reworked TAP handling for Linux 2 6 18 compati bility PXE show error for unsupported V86 case PXE small fix for parsing PXE menu entry without boot server IP Network fixed network card hang after save restore USB rewrote Windows USB handling without the need for a filter driver USB possible to steal arbitrary devices in Windows Serial added serial ports with support for named pipes local domain sockets on the host Audio fixed problem with ALSA on Linux before 2 6 18 blocking other ALSA clients on the system Audio fixed problem with ALSA on AMD64 hosts Input fixed PS 2 mouse detection in
307. tored in the etc init d di rectory 11 5 8 PAX grsec kernels Linux kernels including the grsec patch see http www grsecurity net and derivates have to disable PAX MPROTECT for the VBox binaries to be able to start a VM The reason is that VBox has to create executable code on anonymous memory 139 11 Troubleshooting 11 5 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted When running a large number of VMs with a lot of RAM on a Linux system say 20 VMs with 1GB of RAM each additional VMs might fail to start with a kernel error saying that the vmalloc pool is exhausted and should be extended The error message also tells you to specify vmalloc 256MB in your kernel parameter list If adding this parameter to your GRUB or LILO configuration makes the kernel fail to boot with a weird error message such as failed to mount the root partition then you have probably run into a memory conflict of your kernel and initial RAM disk This can be solved by adding the following parameter to your GRUB configuration uppermem 524288 140 12 Change log This section summarizes the changes between VirtualBox versions Note that this change log is not exhaustive not all changes are listed VirtualBox version numbers consist of three numbers separated by dots where the first number represents the major version the 2nd number the minor version and the 3rd one the build number Build numbers of official releases are always even An odd build numbe
308. tribute to contain a file document ing the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indi rectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party mak ing the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know whom to contact If Contrib utor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contribu tor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application program ming interface and Contributor has knowledge of
309. ts that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Contributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice ina location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty support indemnity or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You offer 3
310. ttached VirtualBox reports to the guest that a network card is present but that there is no connection as if no Ethernet cable was plugged into the card This way it is possible to pull the virtual Ethernet cable and disrupt the connection which can be useful to inform a guest operating system that no network connection is available and enforce a reconfiguration 6 4 Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT is the simplest way of accessing an external net work from a virtual machine Usually it does not require any configuration on the host network and guest system For this reason it is the default networking mode in VirtualBox A virtual machine with NAT enabled acts much like a real computer that connects to the Internet through a router The router in this case is the VirtualBox network ing engine which maps traffic from and to the virtual machine transparently The 73 6 Virtual networking disadvantage of NAT mode is that much like a private network behind a router the virtual machine is invisible and unreachable from the outside internet you cannot run a server this way unless you set up port forwarding described below The virtual machine receives its network address and configuration on the private network from a DHCP server that is integrated into VirtualBox The IP address thus assigned to the virtual machine is usually on a completely different network than the host As mor
311. u will also need their serial numbers to filter them out correctly 3 Remote This setting specifies whether the device will be local only or remote only over VRDP or either 52 3 Starting out with VirtualBox On a Windows host you will need to unplug and reconnect a USB device to use it after creating a filter for it As an example you could create a new USB filter and specify a vendor ID of 046d Logitech Inc a manufacturer index of 1 and not remote Then any USB devices on the host system produced by Logitech Inc with a manufacturer index of 1 will be visible to the guest system Several filters can select a single device for example a filter which selects all Logitech devices and one which selects a particular webcam You can deactivate filters without deleting them by clicking in the checkbox next to the filter name 3 7 7 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts On Windows hosts a kernel mode device driver provides USB proxy support It imple ments both a USB monitor which allows VirtualBox to capture devices when they are plugged in and a USB device driver to claim USB devices for a particular virtual ma chine As opposed to VirtualBox versions before 1 4 0 system reboots are no longer necessary after installing the driver Also you no longer need to replug devices for VirtualBox to claim them On Linux hosts VirtualBox accesses USB devices on Linux through the usb s file system Therefore
312. ualBox does not require the processor features built into newer hardware like Intel VI x or AMD V As opposed to many other virtualization solutions you can therefore use VirtualBox even on older hardware where these features are not present Easy portability VirtualBox runs on a large number of 32 bit and 64 bit host operating systems Windows Linux Mac OS X and Solaris and new platforms are added regularly see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions are software packages which can be installed inside of supported guest systems to improve their performance and to provide additional integration and communication with the host system After installing the Guest Additions a virtual machine will support automatic ad justment of video resolutions seamless windows and more The Guest Additions are described in detail in chapter 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions page 54 In particular Guest Additions provide for shared folders which let you access files from the host system from within a guest machine Shared folders are described in chapter 4 6 Folder sharing page 61 XML configuration store VirtualBox stores all its configuration in XML files one XML document for global settings and a XML file per virtual machine This allows you to transport VM definitions between the different frontends and even across host computers For details please refer to chapter 9 1 Virtu
313. uest VMM fixed crash while loading Xorg on openSUSE 10 2 VMM fixed problems with OpenBSD 3 9 and 4 0 VMM fixed crash while loading XFree86 in SUSE 9 1 VMM fixed Debian 3 1 Sarge installation problem network failure VMM fixed crash during SUSE 10 2 installation VMM fixed crash during Ubuntu 7 04 RC boot VMM fixed crash during ThinClientOS Linux 2 4 33 bootup ATA IDE pause VM when host disk is full and display message ATA IDE fixed incompatibility with OpenSolaris 10 VDI containers do not allocate blocks when guest only writes zeros to it size optimization when zeroing freespace prior to compacting CDROM DVD fixed media recognition by Linux guests Network corrected reporting of physical interfaces fixes Linux guest warnings 167 12 Change log Network fixed IRQ conflict causing occasional major slowdowns with XP guests Network significantly improved send performance Audio added mixer support to the AC 97 codec master volume only Audio added support for ALSA on Linux native no OSS emulation iSCSI improved LUN handling iSCSI fixed hang due to packet overflow iSCSI pause VM on iSCSI connection loss Linux module never fail unloading the module blocks Ubuntu Debian unin stall Linux module improved compatibility with NMI watchdog enabled Windows Additions fixed hardware mouse pointer with Windows 2003 Server guests Linux Additions compile everything from sources instead of using precomp
314. ur VM and the virus infection will be discarded With a write through image however you cannot easily undo the virus infection by means of virtualization but will have to disinfect your virtual machine like a real computer Still you might find write though images useful if you want to preserve critical data irrespective of snapshots and since you can attach more than one VDI to a VM you may want to have one immutable for the operating system and one write through for your data files 5 3 Cloning disk images You can duplicate hard disk image files on the same host to quickly produce a second virtual machine with the same operating system setup However you should only make copies of virtual disk images using the utility supplied with VirtualBox see chapter 8 14 VBoxManage clonevdi page 112 This is because VirtualBox assigns a unique identity number UUID to each disk image which is also stored inside the image and VirtualBox will refuse to work with two images that use the same number If you do accidentally try to reimport a disk image which you copied normally you can make a second copy using VirtualBox s utility and import that instead Note that newer Linux distributions identify the boot hard disk from the ID of the drive The ID VirtualBox reports for a drive is determined from the 68 5 Virtual storage UUID of the virtual disk image So if you clone a disk image and try to boot the copied image the guest might not be ab
315. ustrate you can for example start a virtual machine with VirtualBox s easy to use graphical user interface and then stop it from the command line With VirtualBox s support for the Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP you can even run virtual machines remotely on a headless server and have all the graphical output redirected over the network In detail the following front ends are shipped in the standard VirtualBox package 1 VirtualBox is our graphical user interface GUI which most of this User Manual is dedicated to describing especially in chapter 3 Starting out with VirtualBox page 29 While this is the easiest to use of our interfaces it does not yet cover all the features that VirtualBox provides Still this is the best way to get to know VirtualBox initially 2 VBoxManage is our command line interface and is described in the next section 3 VBoxSDL is an alternative simple graphical front end with an intentionally lim ited feature set designed to only display virtual machines that are controlled in detail with VBoxManage This is interesting for business environments where displaying all the bells and whistles of the full GUI is not feasible VBoxSDL is described in chapter 7 3 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 91 4 Finally VBoxHeadless is yet another front end that produces no visible output on the host at all but merely acts as a VRDP server Now even though the other graphical front ends VirtualBox and VBox
316. ve specified materials from the same place 195 14 Third party licenses e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you Cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library fac
317. ve front end as you might otherwise miss important error and state information that VirtualBox may display on the console This is especially im portant for front ends other than VirtualBox our graphical user interface because those cannot display error messages in a popup window See chapter 7 4 1 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 93 for more information 8 7 VBoxManage controlvm The cont rolvm subcommand allows you to change the state of a virtual machine that is currently running The following can be specified e VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt pause temporarily puts a virtual machine on hold without changing its state for good The VM window will be painted in gray to indicate that the VM is currently paused This is equivalent to selecting the Pause item in the VM menu of the GUI e Use VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt resume to undo a previous pause com mand This is equivalent to selecting the Resume item in the VM menu of the GUI e VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt reset has the same effect on a virtual ma chine as pressing the Reset button on a real computer a cold reboot of the virtual machine which will restart and boot the guest operating system again 109 8 VBoxManage reference immediately The state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Reset item in the VM menu of the GUI e VBoxManage controlvm
318. vice versa when Guest Additions are installed would fail to start the X11 graphical interface on the guest The current workaround for this is to simply login via the console and delete the file etc x11 xorg conf and to proceed to install the Guest Additions for the newly booted mode This will be fixed in a future release of VirtualBox e Guest Additions for OS 2 Shared folders are not yet supported with OS 2 guests yet In addition seamless windows and automatic guest resizing will probably never be implemented due to inherent limitations of the OS 2 graphics system 182 14 Third party licenses VirtualBox incorporates materials from several Open Source software projects There fore the use of these materials by VirtualBox is governed by different Open Source licenses This document reproduces these licenses and provides a list of the materials used and their respective licensing conditions Section 1 contains a list of the materials used Section 2 reproduces the applicable Open Source licenses For each material a reference to its license is provided 14 1 Materials VirtualBox contains portions of QEMU which is governed by licenses chapter 14 2 4 X Consortium License X11 page 207 and chapter 14 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 190 and C 2003 2005 Fabrice Bellard Copyright c 2004 2005 Vassili Karpov malc Copyright c 2004 Antony T Curtis Copyright c 2003 Jocelyn Mayer VirtualBox contains code which i
319. w partition VMDK support Windows host fixed stability during high system load page fault in KeQueryAc tiveProcessors Mac OS X host fixed crashes under certain conditions Shared Folders limited users without admin rights now also can use Shared Folders on Windows guests Linux hosts fixed default runlevel for the kernel module helper script Solaris hosts enabled support for VI x and AMD V Solaris hosts dynamic loading of libdlpi fixes a problem where Solaris 10 was not able to start a VM Linux additions fixed runlevels for kernel module helper scripts Linux additions compatibility fixes with Linux 2 6 26 Linux additions fixed occasional guest kernel crash during unload of the vbox add guest kernel module X11 Guest Additions fixed a problem preventing clipboard transfers over 1K from host to guest 12 8 Version 1 6 0 2008 04 30 This version is a major update The following major new features were added e Solaris and Mac OS X host support e Seamless windowing for Linux and Solaris guests e Guest Additions for Solaris e A webservice API see chapter 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 130 151 12 Change log e SATA hard disk AHCI controller see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI page 65 e Experimental Physical Address Extension PAE support In addition the following items were fixed and or added GUI added accessibility support 508 e GUI VM session information di
320. will not be able to start any virtual machines 19 2 Installation To be able to install this kernel module you will have to prepare your system for building external kernel modules As this process can vary from system to system we will only describe what to do for systems we have tested e Most Linux distributions can be set up simply by installing the right packages Normally these will be the GNU compiler GCC GNU Make make and pack ages containing header files for your kernel The version numbers of the header file packages must be the same as that of the kernel you are using For recent Linux distributions for example Fedora Core 5 and later Ubuntu 7 10 Gutsy and later and Mandriva 2007 1 and later we recommend installing DKMS This framework helps to build kernel modules and to deal with kernel upgrades In newer Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the linux headers and if it exists the 1inux kbuild package Current Ubuntu releases should have the right packages installed by default In older Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the kernel headers package On Fedora and Redhat systems the package is kernel devel On SUSE and OpenSUSE Linux you must install the right versions of the kernel source and kernel syms packages e Alternatively if you built your own kernel usr src linux will point to your kernel sources and you have not rem
321. wo scenarios e for certain rare guest operating systems like OS 2 that make use of very esoteric processor instructions that are not supported with our software virtualization and e if you want to run 64 bit guest operating systems a feature added with VirtualBox 2 0 since most 64 bit CPUs ship with hardware virtualization any way The exceptions to this rule are e g older Intel Celeron and AMD Opteron CPUs 1 3 Features overview Here s a brief outline of VirtualBox s main features e Clean architecture unprecedented modularity VirtualBox has an extremely modular design with well defined internal programming interfaces and a clean 11 1 Introduction separation of client and server code This makes it easy to control it from several interfaces at once for example you can start a VM simply by clicking on a button in the VirtualBox graphical user interface and then control that machine from the command line or even remotely See chapter 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines page 89 for details Due to its modular architecture VirtualBox can also expose its full functionality and configurability through a comprehensive software development kit SDK which allows for integrating every aspect of VirtualBox with other software sys tems Please see chapter 10 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 130 for details No hardware virtualization required As explained in the previous chapter in most cases Virt
322. xSDL added switch for fixed video mode and guest image centering VMM improved performance of Linux 2 6 x guests 12 24 Version 1 1 4 2006 03 09 Note The configuration file format has been changed After applying this update ex ecute VBoxManage updatesettings to convert your configuration to the new format Note Guest Additions have to be updated General added support for multi generation snapshots VMM fixed Linux guest reboot regression 172 12 Change log VRDP added client authentication through external authentication libraries WinLogon and PAM interfaces are provided as sample code VRDP close TCP connection immediately when receiving bad data from the re mote side VRDP improved Microsoft RDP client support XPCOM fixed race condition on SMP systems that could lead to hung client processes Linux host API fixed race condition on SMP systems Network added AMD PC Net II 1OOMBit network card Am79C973 Network added PXE boot ROM for network boot Audio fixed regression with Windows 2000 guests Audio pause playback when VM is paused iSCSI added standards compliant iSCSI initiator for transparent access of iSCSI targets VBoxSDL ship on Windows as well VBoxManage added command to clone a VDI file to another one having a dif ferent UUID Additions added Linux additions timesync mouse pointer integration and graphics driver Additions added Shared Folders for Windows guests except NT
323. xplorer So to attach the host s shared folder to your Windows guest open Windows Explorer and look for it under My Networking Places gt Entire Network gt VirtualBox Shared Folders By right clicking on a shared folder and selecting Map network drive from the menu that pops up you can assign a drive letter to that shared folder Alternatively on the Windows command line use the following net use x vboxsvr sharename While vboxsvr is a fixed name note that vboxsrv would also work replace x with the drive letter that you want to use for the share and sharename with the share name specified with VBoxManage e In a Linux guest use the following command mount t vboxsf o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint Replace sharename with the share name specified with VBoxManage and mountpoint with the path where you want the share to be mounted e g mnt share The usual mount rules apply that is create this directory first if it does not exist yet Beyond the standard options supplied by the mount command the following are available 62 4 The VirtualBox Guest Additions iocharset CHARSET to set the character set used for I O operations utf8 by default and convertcp CHARSET to specify the character set used for the shared folder name utf8 by default The generic mount options documented in the mount manual page apply also Especially useful are the options uid gid and mode as
324. y used internally for debugging VirtualBox and therefore not officially supported Still you may find it useful for environments where the virtual machines are not necessarily controlled by the same person that uses the virtual machine As you can see in the following screenshot VBoxSDL does indeed only provide a simple window that contains only the pure virtual machine without menus or other controls to click upon and no additional indicators of virtual machine activity 91 7 Alternative front ends remote virtual machines wi Sun xVM VirtualBox Windows Vista III eS umoeller windscheid LLer vindscheid 18 To start a virtual machine with VBoxSDL instead of the VirtualBox GUI enter the following on a command line VBoxSDL vm lt vm gt where lt vm gt is as usual with VirtualBox command line parameters the name or UUID of an existing virtual machine 7 4 Remote virtual machines VRDP support VirtualBox the graphical user interface has a built in server for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP This allows you to see the output of a virtual machine s window remotely on any other computer and control the virtual machine from there as if it was running on the remote machine VRDP is a backwards compatible extension to Microsoft s Remote Desktop Protocol RDP Typically graphics updates and audio are sent from the remote machine to the client while keyboard and mouse events are sent back
325. y developers 223
326. yalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such Participant or ii withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to the Contributor Version against such Participant If within 60 days of notice a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim is not withdrawn the rights granted by Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 automatically terminate at the expiration of the 60 day notice period specified above b any software hardware or device other than such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2 1 b and 2 2 b are revoked effective as of the date You first made used sold distributed or had made Modifications made by that Participant 204 14 Third party licenses 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agreements
327. you fail to do so VirtualBox will not startup Note Guest Additions have to be updated USB added USB support for Windows hosts Network renamed TUN to Host Interface Networking and TAP on Linux Network added support for Host Interface Networking on Windows hosts Network added cable connected property to the virtual network cards Floppy added a virtual floppy drive to the VM and support for attaching floppy images and capturing host floppy drives DVD CD added host CD DVD drive support BIOS added boot order support Saved states made location configurable default global setting machine spe cific setting including VBoxManage command support VMM added support for host CPUs without FXSR e g Via Centaur VMM increased performance of Linux 2 6 guests VMM improved timing VMM fixed traps in XP guests with ACPI enabled VBoxManage added remote session start function tstHeadless has been re moved from the distribution 177 12 Change log VBoxManage restructured commands added numerous improvements GUI propagate hostkey change to all running instances GUI perform image access tests asynchronously GUI added boot order support GUI user interface redesign 12 31 Version 1 0 40 2005 06 17 Note The configuration has to be deleted as the format has changed On Linux issue rm rf VirtualBox On Windows remove the directory C Documents and Set tings lt username gt VirtualBox If you fail
328. you will not get any response Receiving of UDP broadcasts is not reliable The guest does not reliably receive broadcasts since in order to save resources it only listens for a certain amount of time after the guest has sent UDP data on a particular port As a consequence NetBios name resolution based on broadcasts is not always working but WINS always works As a workaround you can use the numeric IP of the desired server in the server share notation Protocols such as GRE are unsupported Protocols other than TCP and UDP are not supported This means some VPN products e g PPTP from Microsoft can not be used There are other VPN products which use simply TCP and UDP Forwarding host ports 1024 impossible On Unix based hosts e g Linux So laris MacOS X it is not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root Therefore if you try to configure such a port forward ing then the VM will refuse to start 75 6 Virtual networking These limitations normally don t affect standard network use But the presence of NAT has also subtle effects that may interfere with protocols that are normally work ing One example is NFS where the server is often configured to refuse connections from non privileged ports i e ports not below 1024 6 5 Introduction to Host Interface Networking HIF With Host Interface Networking VirtualBox creates a new networking interface in software on the host comput

VirtualBox user manual - Oracle Software Downloads

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents